1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021, 2023 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 414 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 415 /* 416 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 417 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 418 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 419 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 420 */ 421 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 422 #else 423 # define __iftd 424 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 425 426 /** 427 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 428 * 429 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 430 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 431 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 432 * 433 * @types_mask: interface types mask 434 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 435 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 436 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 437 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 438 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 439 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 440 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 441 */ 442 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 443 u16 types_mask; 444 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 445 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 446 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 447 struct { 448 const u8 *data; 449 unsigned int len; 450 } vendor_elems; 451 }; 452 453 /** 454 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 455 * 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 457 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 459 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 460 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 461 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 462 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 463 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 464 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 465 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 466 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 467 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 468 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 469 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 470 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 471 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 472 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 473 */ 474 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 475 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 476 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 477 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 478 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 479 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 480 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 481 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 482 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 483 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 484 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 485 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 486 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 487 }; 488 489 /** 490 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 491 * 492 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 493 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 494 * 495 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 496 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 497 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 498 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 499 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 500 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 501 */ 502 struct ieee80211_edmg { 503 u8 channels; 504 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 505 }; 506 507 /** 508 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 509 * 510 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 511 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 512 * 513 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 514 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 515 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 516 */ 517 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 518 bool s1g; 519 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 520 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 521 }; 522 523 /** 524 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 525 * 526 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 527 * is able to operate in. 528 * 529 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 530 * in this band. 531 * @band: the band this structure represents 532 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 533 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 534 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 535 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 536 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 537 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 538 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 539 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 540 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 541 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 542 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 543 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 544 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 545 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 546 * iftype_data). 547 */ 548 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 549 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 550 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 551 enum nl80211_band band; 552 int n_channels; 553 int n_bitrates; 554 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 555 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 556 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 557 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 558 u16 n_iftype_data; 559 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 560 }; 561 562 /** 563 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 564 * @sband: the sband to initialize 565 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 566 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 567 * 568 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 569 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 570 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 571 */ 572 static inline void 573 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 574 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 575 u16 n_iftd) 576 { 577 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 578 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 579 } 580 581 /** 582 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 583 * @sband: the sband to initialize 584 * @iftd: the iftype data array 585 */ 586 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 587 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 588 589 /** 590 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 591 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 592 * @i: iterator counter 593 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 594 */ 595 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 596 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 597 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 598 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 599 600 /** 601 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 602 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 603 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 604 * 605 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 606 */ 607 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 609 u8 iftype) 610 { 611 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 612 int i; 613 614 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 615 return NULL; 616 617 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 618 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 619 620 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 621 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 622 return data; 623 } 624 625 return NULL; 626 } 627 628 /** 629 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 630 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 631 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 632 * 633 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 634 */ 635 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 636 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 637 u8 iftype) 638 { 639 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 640 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 641 642 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 643 return &data->he_cap; 644 645 return NULL; 646 } 647 648 /** 649 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 650 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 651 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 652 * 653 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 654 */ 655 static inline __le16 656 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 657 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 658 { 659 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 660 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 661 662 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 663 return 0; 664 665 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 666 } 667 668 /** 669 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 670 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 671 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 672 * 673 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 674 */ 675 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 676 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 677 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 678 { 679 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 680 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 681 682 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 683 return &data->eht_cap; 684 685 return NULL; 686 } 687 688 /** 689 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 690 * 691 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 692 * 693 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 694 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 695 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 696 * 697 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 698 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 699 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 700 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 701 * without affecting other devices. 702 * 703 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 704 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 705 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 706 */ 707 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 708 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 709 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 710 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 711 { 712 } 713 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 714 715 716 /* 717 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 718 */ 719 720 /** 721 * DOC: Actions and configuration 722 * 723 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 724 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 725 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 726 * operations use are described separately. 727 * 728 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 729 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 730 * 731 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 732 * in a separate chapter. 733 */ 734 735 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 736 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 737 738 /** 739 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 740 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 741 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 742 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 743 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 744 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 745 * determine the address as needed. 746 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 747 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 748 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 749 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 750 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 751 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 752 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 753 */ 754 struct vif_params { 755 u32 flags; 756 int use_4addr; 757 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 758 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 759 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 760 }; 761 762 /** 763 * struct key_params - key information 764 * 765 * Information about a key 766 * 767 * @key: key material 768 * @key_len: length of key material 769 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 770 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 771 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 772 * length given by @seq_len. 773 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 774 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 775 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 776 */ 777 struct key_params { 778 const u8 *key; 779 const u8 *seq; 780 int key_len; 781 int seq_len; 782 u16 vlan_id; 783 u32 cipher; 784 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 785 }; 786 787 /** 788 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 789 * @chan: the (control) channel 790 * @width: channel width 791 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 792 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 793 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 794 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 795 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 796 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 797 * parameters are ignored. 798 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 799 */ 800 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 801 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 802 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 803 u32 center_freq1; 804 u32 center_freq2; 805 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 806 u16 freq1_offset; 807 }; 808 809 /* 810 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 811 */ 812 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 813 struct { 814 u32 legacy; 815 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 816 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 817 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 818 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 819 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 820 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 821 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 822 }; 823 824 825 /** 826 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 827 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 828 * of the peer. 829 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 830 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 831 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 832 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 833 * @retry_long: retry count value 834 * @retry_short: retry count value 835 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 836 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 837 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 838 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 839 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 840 */ 841 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 842 bool config_override; 843 u8 tids; 844 u64 mask; 845 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 846 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 847 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 848 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 849 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 850 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 851 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 852 }; 853 854 /** 855 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 856 * @peer: Station's MAC address 857 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 858 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 859 */ 860 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 861 const u8 *peer; 862 u32 n_tid_conf; 863 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 864 }; 865 866 /** 867 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 868 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 869 * @kek: FILS KEK 870 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 871 * @snonce: STA Nonce 872 * @anonce: AP Nonce 873 */ 874 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 875 const u8 *macaddr; 876 const u8 *kek; 877 u8 kek_len; 878 const u8 *snonce; 879 const u8 *anonce; 880 }; 881 882 /** 883 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 884 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 885 * addresses. 886 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 887 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 888 */ 889 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 890 const u8 *macaddr; 891 bool enable; 892 }; 893 894 /** 895 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 896 * @chandef: the channel definition 897 * 898 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 899 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 900 */ 901 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 902 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 903 { 904 switch (chandef->width) { 905 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 906 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 907 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 908 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 909 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 910 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 911 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 912 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 913 default: 914 WARN_ON(1); 915 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 916 } 917 } 918 919 /** 920 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 921 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 922 * @channel: the control channel 923 * @chantype: the channel type 924 * 925 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 926 */ 927 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 928 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 929 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 930 931 /** 932 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 933 * @chandef1: first channel definition 934 * @chandef2: second channel definition 935 * 936 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 937 * identical, %false otherwise. 938 */ 939 static inline bool 940 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 941 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 942 { 943 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 944 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 945 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 946 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 947 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 948 } 949 950 /** 951 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 952 * 953 * @chandef: the channel definition 954 * 955 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 956 */ 957 static inline bool 958 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 959 { 960 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 961 } 962 963 /** 964 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 965 * @chandef1: first channel definition 966 * @chandef2: second channel definition 967 * 968 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 969 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 970 */ 971 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 972 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 973 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 974 975 /** 976 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 977 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 978 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 979 */ 980 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 981 982 /** 983 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 984 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 985 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 986 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 987 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 988 */ 989 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 990 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 991 u32 prohibited_flags); 992 993 /** 994 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 995 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 996 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 997 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 998 * Returns: 999 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1000 */ 1001 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1002 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1003 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1004 1005 /** 1006 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1007 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1008 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1009 * 1010 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1011 **/ 1012 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1013 1014 /** 1015 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 1016 * @width: the channel width of the channel 1017 * 1018 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 1019 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 1020 * 1021 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 1022 */ 1023 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1024 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 1025 { 1026 switch (width) { 1027 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1028 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 1029 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1030 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 1031 default: 1032 break; 1033 } 1034 return 0; 1035 } 1036 1037 /** 1038 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 1039 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1040 * 1041 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 1042 * 1043 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 1044 */ 1045 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1046 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1047 { 1048 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 1049 } 1050 1051 /** 1052 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1053 * 1054 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1055 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1056 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1057 * 1058 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1059 * 1060 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1061 */ 1062 static inline int 1063 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1064 { 1065 switch (chandef->width) { 1066 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1067 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1068 chandef->chan->max_power); 1069 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1070 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1071 chandef->chan->max_power); 1072 default: 1073 break; 1074 } 1075 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1076 } 1077 1078 /** 1079 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1080 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1081 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1082 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1083 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1084 */ 1085 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1086 unsigned long band_mask, 1087 u32 prohibited_flags); 1088 1089 /** 1090 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1091 * 1092 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1093 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1094 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1095 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1096 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1097 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1098 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1099 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1100 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1101 * 1102 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1103 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1104 */ 1105 enum survey_info_flags { 1106 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1107 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1108 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1109 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1110 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1111 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1112 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1113 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1114 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1115 }; 1116 1117 /** 1118 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1119 * 1120 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1121 * record to report global statistics 1122 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1123 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1124 * optional 1125 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1126 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1127 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1128 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1129 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1130 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1131 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1132 * 1133 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1134 * 1135 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1136 * channel duty cycle etc. 1137 */ 1138 struct survey_info { 1139 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1140 u64 time; 1141 u64 time_busy; 1142 u64 time_ext_busy; 1143 u64 time_rx; 1144 u64 time_tx; 1145 u64 time_scan; 1146 u64 time_bss_rx; 1147 u32 filled; 1148 s8 noise; 1149 }; 1150 1151 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1152 1153 /** 1154 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1155 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1156 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1157 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1158 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1159 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1160 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1161 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1162 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1163 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1164 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1165 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1166 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1167 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1168 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1169 * protocol frames. 1170 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1171 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1172 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1173 * port for mac80211 1174 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1175 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1176 * offload) 1177 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1178 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1179 * 1180 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1181 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1182 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1183 * such a scenario. 1184 * 1185 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1186 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1187 * 1188 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1189 * Allow hash-to-element only 1190 * 1191 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1192 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1193 */ 1194 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1195 u32 wpa_versions; 1196 u32 cipher_group; 1197 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1198 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1199 int n_akm_suites; 1200 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1201 bool control_port; 1202 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1203 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1204 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1205 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1206 const u8 *psk; 1207 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1208 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1209 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1210 }; 1211 1212 /** 1213 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1214 * 1215 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1216 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1217 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1218 */ 1219 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1220 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1221 u8 index; 1222 bool ema; 1223 }; 1224 1225 /** 1226 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1227 * 1228 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1229 * 1230 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1231 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1232 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1233 */ 1234 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1235 u8 cnt; 1236 struct { 1237 const u8 *data; 1238 size_t len; 1239 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1240 }; 1241 1242 /** 1243 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1244 * 1245 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1246 * 1247 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1248 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1249 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1250 */ 1251 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1252 u8 cnt; 1253 struct { 1254 const u8 *data; 1255 size_t len; 1256 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1257 }; 1258 1259 /** 1260 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1261 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1262 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1263 * or %NULL if not changed 1264 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1265 * or %NULL if not changed 1266 * @head_len: length of @head 1267 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1268 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1269 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1270 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1271 * frames or %NULL 1272 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1273 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1274 * Response frames or %NULL 1275 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1276 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1277 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1278 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1279 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1280 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1281 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1282 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1283 * (measurement type 8) 1284 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1285 * Token (measurement type 11) 1286 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1287 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1288 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1289 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1290 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1291 */ 1292 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1293 unsigned int link_id; 1294 1295 const u8 *head, *tail; 1296 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1297 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1298 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1299 const u8 *probe_resp; 1300 const u8 *lci; 1301 const u8 *civicloc; 1302 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1303 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1304 s8 ftm_responder; 1305 1306 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1307 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1308 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1309 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1310 size_t probe_resp_len; 1311 size_t lci_len; 1312 size_t civicloc_len; 1313 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1314 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1315 }; 1316 1317 struct mac_address { 1318 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1319 }; 1320 1321 /** 1322 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1323 * 1324 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1325 * entry specified by mac_addr 1326 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1327 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1328 */ 1329 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1330 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1331 int n_acl_entries; 1332 1333 /* Keep it last */ 1334 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1335 }; 1336 1337 /** 1338 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1339 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1340 * 1341 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1342 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1343 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1344 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1345 * frame headers. 1346 */ 1347 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1348 u32 min_interval; 1349 u32 max_interval; 1350 size_t tmpl_len; 1351 const u8 *tmpl; 1352 }; 1353 1354 /** 1355 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1356 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1357 * 1358 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1359 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1360 * scanning 1361 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1362 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1363 */ 1364 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1365 u32 interval; 1366 size_t tmpl_len; 1367 const u8 *tmpl; 1368 }; 1369 1370 /** 1371 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1372 * 1373 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1374 * 1375 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1376 * @beacon: beacon data 1377 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1378 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1379 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1380 * user space) 1381 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1382 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1383 * @crypto: crypto settings 1384 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1385 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1386 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1387 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1388 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1389 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1390 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1391 * MAC address based access control 1392 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1393 * networks. 1394 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1395 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1396 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1397 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1398 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1399 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1400 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1401 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1402 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1403 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1404 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1405 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1406 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1407 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1408 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1409 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1410 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1411 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1412 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1413 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1414 */ 1415 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1416 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1417 1418 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1419 1420 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1421 const u8 *ssid; 1422 size_t ssid_len; 1423 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1424 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1425 bool privacy; 1426 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1427 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1428 int inactivity_timeout; 1429 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1430 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1431 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1432 bool pbss; 1433 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1434 1435 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1436 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1437 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1438 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1439 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1440 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1441 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1442 bool twt_responder; 1443 u32 flags; 1444 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1445 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1446 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1447 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1448 u16 punct_bitmap; 1449 }; 1450 1451 /** 1452 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1453 * 1454 * Used for channel switch 1455 * 1456 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1457 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1458 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1459 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1460 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1461 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1462 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1463 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1464 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1465 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1466 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1467 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1468 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1469 */ 1470 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1471 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1472 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1473 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1474 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1475 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1476 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1477 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1478 bool radar_required; 1479 bool block_tx; 1480 u8 count; 1481 u16 punct_bitmap; 1482 }; 1483 1484 /** 1485 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1486 * 1487 * Used for bss color change 1488 * 1489 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1490 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1491 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1492 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1493 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1494 * @color: the color used after the change 1495 */ 1496 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1497 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1498 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1499 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1500 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1501 u8 count; 1502 u8 color; 1503 }; 1504 1505 /** 1506 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1507 * 1508 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1509 * 1510 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1511 * to use for verification 1512 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1513 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1514 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1515 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1516 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1517 * nl80211_iftype. 1518 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1519 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1520 * the verification 1521 */ 1522 struct iface_combination_params { 1523 int num_different_channels; 1524 u8 radar_detect; 1525 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1526 u32 new_beacon_int; 1527 }; 1528 1529 /** 1530 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1531 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1532 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1533 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1534 * 1535 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1536 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1537 */ 1538 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1539 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1540 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1541 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1542 }; 1543 1544 /** 1545 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1546 * 1547 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1548 * 1549 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1550 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1551 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1552 * power per-interface or per-station. 1553 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1554 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1555 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1556 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1557 * per peer TPC. 1558 */ 1559 struct sta_txpwr { 1560 s16 power; 1561 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1562 }; 1563 1564 /** 1565 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1566 * 1567 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1568 * 1569 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1570 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1571 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1572 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1573 * (or NULL for no change) 1574 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1575 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1576 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1577 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1578 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1579 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1580 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1581 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1582 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1583 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1584 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1585 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1586 */ 1587 struct link_station_parameters { 1588 const u8 *mld_mac; 1589 int link_id; 1590 const u8 *link_mac; 1591 const u8 *supported_rates; 1592 u8 supported_rates_len; 1593 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1594 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1595 u8 opmode_notif; 1596 bool opmode_notif_used; 1597 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1598 u8 he_capa_len; 1599 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1600 bool txpwr_set; 1601 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1602 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1603 u8 eht_capa_len; 1604 }; 1605 1606 /** 1607 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1608 * 1609 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1610 * 1611 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1612 * @link_id: the link id 1613 */ 1614 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1615 const u8 *mld_mac; 1616 u32 link_id; 1617 }; 1618 1619 /** 1620 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1621 * 1622 * Used to change and create a new station. 1623 * 1624 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1625 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1626 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1627 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1628 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1629 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1630 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1631 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1632 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1633 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1634 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1635 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1636 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1637 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1638 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1639 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1640 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1641 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1642 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1643 * to unknown) 1644 * @capability: station capability 1645 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1646 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1647 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1648 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1649 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1650 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1651 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1652 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1653 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1654 */ 1655 struct station_parameters { 1656 struct net_device *vlan; 1657 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1658 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1659 int listen_interval; 1660 u16 aid; 1661 u16 vlan_id; 1662 u16 peer_aid; 1663 u8 plink_action; 1664 u8 plink_state; 1665 u8 uapsd_queues; 1666 u8 max_sp; 1667 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1668 u16 capability; 1669 const u8 *ext_capab; 1670 u8 ext_capab_len; 1671 const u8 *supported_channels; 1672 u8 supported_channels_len; 1673 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1674 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1675 int support_p2p_ps; 1676 u16 airtime_weight; 1677 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1678 }; 1679 1680 /** 1681 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1682 * 1683 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1684 * 1685 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1686 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1687 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1688 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1689 */ 1690 struct station_del_parameters { 1691 const u8 *mac; 1692 u8 subtype; 1693 u16 reason_code; 1694 }; 1695 1696 /** 1697 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1698 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1699 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1700 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1701 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1702 * the AP MLME in the device 1703 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1704 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1705 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1706 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1707 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1708 * supported/used) 1709 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1710 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1711 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1712 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1713 */ 1714 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1715 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1716 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1717 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1718 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1719 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1720 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1721 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1722 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1723 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1724 }; 1725 1726 /** 1727 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1728 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1729 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1730 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1731 * 1732 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1733 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1734 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1735 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1736 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1737 */ 1738 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1739 struct station_parameters *params, 1740 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1741 1742 /** 1743 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1744 * 1745 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1746 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1747 * 1748 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1749 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1750 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1751 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1752 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1753 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1754 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1755 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1756 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1757 */ 1758 enum rate_info_flags { 1759 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1760 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1761 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1762 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1763 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1764 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1765 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1766 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1767 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1768 }; 1769 1770 /** 1771 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1772 * 1773 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1774 * 1775 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1776 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1777 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1778 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1779 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1780 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1781 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1782 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1783 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1784 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1785 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1786 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1787 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1788 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1789 */ 1790 enum rate_info_bw { 1791 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1792 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1793 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1794 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1795 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1796 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1797 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1798 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1799 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1800 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1801 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1802 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1803 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1804 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1805 }; 1806 1807 /** 1808 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1809 * 1810 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1811 * 1812 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1813 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1814 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1815 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1816 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1817 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1818 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1819 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1820 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1821 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1822 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1823 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1824 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1825 */ 1826 struct rate_info { 1827 u16 flags; 1828 u16 legacy; 1829 u8 mcs; 1830 u8 nss; 1831 u8 bw; 1832 u8 he_gi; 1833 u8 he_dcm; 1834 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1835 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1836 u8 eht_gi; 1837 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1838 }; 1839 1840 /** 1841 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1842 * 1843 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1844 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1845 * 1846 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1847 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1848 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1849 */ 1850 enum bss_param_flags { 1851 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1852 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1853 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1854 }; 1855 1856 /** 1857 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1858 * 1859 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1860 * 1861 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1862 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1863 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1864 */ 1865 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1866 u8 flags; 1867 u8 dtim_period; 1868 u16 beacon_interval; 1869 }; 1870 1871 /** 1872 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1873 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1874 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1875 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1876 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1877 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1878 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1879 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1880 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1881 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1882 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1883 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1884 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1885 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1886 */ 1887 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1888 u32 filled; 1889 u32 backlog_bytes; 1890 u32 backlog_packets; 1891 u32 flows; 1892 u32 drops; 1893 u32 ecn_marks; 1894 u32 overlimit; 1895 u32 overmemory; 1896 u32 collisions; 1897 u32 tx_bytes; 1898 u32 tx_packets; 1899 u32 max_flows; 1900 }; 1901 1902 /** 1903 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1904 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1905 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1906 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1907 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1908 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1909 * transmitted MSDUs 1910 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1911 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1912 */ 1913 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1914 u32 filled; 1915 u64 rx_msdu; 1916 u64 tx_msdu; 1917 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1918 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1919 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1920 }; 1921 1922 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1923 1924 /** 1925 * struct station_info - station information 1926 * 1927 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1928 * 1929 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1930 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1931 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1932 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1933 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1934 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1935 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1936 * @llid: mesh local link id 1937 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1938 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1939 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1940 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1941 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1942 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1943 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1944 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1945 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1946 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1947 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1948 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1949 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1950 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1951 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1952 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1953 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1954 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1955 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1956 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1957 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1958 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1959 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1960 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1961 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1962 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1963 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1964 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1965 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1966 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1967 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1968 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1969 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1970 * towards this station. 1971 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1972 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1973 * from this peer 1974 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1975 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1976 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1977 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1978 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1979 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1980 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1981 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1982 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1983 * been sent. 1984 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1985 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1986 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1987 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1988 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1989 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1990 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 1991 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 1992 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 1993 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1994 * dump_station() callbacks. 1995 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 1996 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 1997 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 1998 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 1999 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2000 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2001 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2002 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2003 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2004 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2005 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2006 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2007 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2008 */ 2009 struct station_info { 2010 u64 filled; 2011 u32 connected_time; 2012 u32 inactive_time; 2013 u64 assoc_at; 2014 u64 rx_bytes; 2015 u64 tx_bytes; 2016 u16 llid; 2017 u16 plid; 2018 u8 plink_state; 2019 s8 signal; 2020 s8 signal_avg; 2021 2022 u8 chains; 2023 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2024 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2025 2026 struct rate_info txrate; 2027 struct rate_info rxrate; 2028 u32 rx_packets; 2029 u32 tx_packets; 2030 u32 tx_retries; 2031 u32 tx_failed; 2032 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2033 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2034 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2035 2036 int generation; 2037 2038 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2039 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2040 2041 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2042 s64 t_offset; 2043 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2044 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2045 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2046 2047 u32 expected_throughput; 2048 2049 u64 tx_duration; 2050 u64 rx_duration; 2051 u64 rx_beacon; 2052 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2053 u8 connected_to_gate; 2054 2055 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2056 s8 ack_signal; 2057 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2058 2059 u16 airtime_weight; 2060 2061 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2062 u32 fcs_err_count; 2063 2064 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2065 2066 u8 connected_to_as; 2067 2068 bool mlo_params_valid; 2069 u8 assoc_link_id; 2070 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2071 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2072 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2073 }; 2074 2075 /** 2076 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2077 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2078 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2079 */ 2080 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2081 s32 power; 2082 u32 freq_range_index; 2083 }; 2084 2085 /** 2086 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2087 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2088 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2089 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2090 */ 2091 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2092 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2093 u32 num_sub_specs; 2094 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 2095 }; 2096 2097 2098 /** 2099 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2100 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2101 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2102 */ 2103 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2104 u32 start_freq; 2105 u32 end_freq; 2106 }; 2107 2108 /** 2109 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2110 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2111 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2112 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2113 * 2114 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2115 * range to small ones and then append them. 2116 */ 2117 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2118 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2119 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2120 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2121 }; 2122 2123 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2124 /** 2125 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2126 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2127 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2128 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2129 * 2130 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2131 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2132 * considered undefined. 2133 */ 2134 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2135 struct station_info *sinfo); 2136 #else 2137 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2138 const u8 *mac_addr, 2139 struct station_info *sinfo) 2140 { 2141 return -ENOENT; 2142 } 2143 #endif 2144 2145 /** 2146 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2147 * 2148 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2149 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2150 * 2151 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2152 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2153 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2154 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2155 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2156 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2157 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2158 */ 2159 enum monitor_flags { 2160 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2161 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2162 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2163 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2164 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2165 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2166 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2167 }; 2168 2169 /** 2170 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2171 * 2172 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2173 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2174 * 2175 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2176 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2177 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2178 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2179 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2180 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2181 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2182 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2183 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2184 */ 2185 enum mpath_info_flags { 2186 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2187 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2188 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2189 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2190 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2191 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2192 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2193 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2194 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2195 }; 2196 2197 /** 2198 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2199 * 2200 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2201 * 2202 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2203 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2204 * @sn: target sequence number 2205 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2206 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2207 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2208 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2209 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2210 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2211 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2212 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2213 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2214 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2215 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2216 */ 2217 struct mpath_info { 2218 u32 filled; 2219 u32 frame_qlen; 2220 u32 sn; 2221 u32 metric; 2222 u32 exptime; 2223 u32 discovery_timeout; 2224 u8 discovery_retries; 2225 u8 flags; 2226 u8 hop_count; 2227 u32 path_change_count; 2228 2229 int generation; 2230 }; 2231 2232 /** 2233 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2234 * 2235 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2236 * 2237 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2238 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2239 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2240 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2241 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2242 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2243 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2244 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2245 * (or NULL for no change) 2246 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2247 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2248 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2249 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2250 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2251 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2252 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2253 */ 2254 struct bss_parameters { 2255 int link_id; 2256 int use_cts_prot; 2257 int use_short_preamble; 2258 int use_short_slot_time; 2259 const u8 *basic_rates; 2260 u8 basic_rates_len; 2261 int ap_isolate; 2262 int ht_opmode; 2263 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2264 }; 2265 2266 /** 2267 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2268 * 2269 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2270 * 2271 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2272 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2273 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2274 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2275 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2276 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2277 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2278 * mesh interface 2279 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2280 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2281 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2282 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2283 * elements 2284 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2285 * detect compatible mesh peers 2286 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2287 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2288 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2289 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2290 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2291 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2292 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2293 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2294 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2295 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2296 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2297 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2298 * element 2299 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2300 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2301 * element 2302 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2303 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2304 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2305 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2306 * announcements are transmitted 2307 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2308 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2309 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2310 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2311 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2312 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2313 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2314 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2315 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2316 * station to establish a peer link 2317 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2318 * 2319 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2320 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2321 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2322 * 2323 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2324 * PREQs are transmitted. 2325 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2326 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2327 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2328 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2329 * setting for new peer links. 2330 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2331 * after transmitting its beacon. 2332 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2333 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2334 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2335 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2336 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2337 * in the mesh formation field. 2338 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2339 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2340 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2341 * in the mesh path table 2342 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2343 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2344 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2345 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2346 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2347 */ 2348 struct mesh_config { 2349 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2350 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2351 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2352 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2353 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2354 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2355 u8 element_ttl; 2356 bool auto_open_plinks; 2357 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2358 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2359 u32 path_refresh_time; 2360 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2361 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2362 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2363 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2364 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2365 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2366 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2367 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2368 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2369 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2370 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2371 s32 rssi_threshold; 2372 u16 ht_opmode; 2373 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2374 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2375 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2376 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2377 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2378 u32 plink_timeout; 2379 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2380 }; 2381 2382 /** 2383 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2384 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2385 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2386 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2387 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2388 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2389 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2390 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2391 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2392 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2393 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2394 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2395 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2396 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2397 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2398 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2399 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2400 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2401 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2402 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2403 * to operate on DFS channels. 2404 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2405 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2406 * 2407 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2408 */ 2409 struct mesh_setup { 2410 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2411 const u8 *mesh_id; 2412 u8 mesh_id_len; 2413 u8 sync_method; 2414 u8 path_sel_proto; 2415 u8 path_metric; 2416 u8 auth_id; 2417 const u8 *ie; 2418 u8 ie_len; 2419 bool is_authenticated; 2420 bool is_secure; 2421 bool user_mpm; 2422 u8 dtim_period; 2423 u16 beacon_interval; 2424 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2425 u32 basic_rates; 2426 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2427 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2428 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2429 }; 2430 2431 /** 2432 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2433 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2434 * 2435 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2436 */ 2437 struct ocb_setup { 2438 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2439 }; 2440 2441 /** 2442 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2443 * @ac: AC identifier 2444 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2445 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2446 * 1..32767] 2447 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2448 * 1..32767] 2449 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2450 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2451 */ 2452 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2453 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2454 u16 txop; 2455 u16 cwmin; 2456 u16 cwmax; 2457 u8 aifs; 2458 int link_id; 2459 }; 2460 2461 /** 2462 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2463 * 2464 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2465 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2466 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2467 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2468 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2469 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2470 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2471 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2472 * in the wiphy structure. 2473 * 2474 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2475 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2476 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2477 * 2478 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2479 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2480 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2481 * to userspace. 2482 */ 2483 2484 /** 2485 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2486 * @ssid: the SSID 2487 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2488 */ 2489 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2490 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2491 u8 ssid_len; 2492 }; 2493 2494 /** 2495 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2496 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2497 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2498 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2499 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2500 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2501 * userspace will be notified of that 2502 */ 2503 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2504 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2505 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2506 bool aborted; 2507 }; 2508 2509 /** 2510 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2511 * 2512 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2513 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2514 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2515 * which the above info relvant to 2516 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2517 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2518 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2519 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2520 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2521 */ 2522 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2523 u32 short_ssid; 2524 u32 channel_idx; 2525 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2526 bool unsolicited_probe; 2527 bool short_ssid_valid; 2528 bool psc_no_listen; 2529 s8 psd_20; 2530 }; 2531 2532 /** 2533 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2534 * 2535 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2536 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2537 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2538 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2539 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2540 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2541 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2542 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2543 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2544 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2545 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2546 * %duration field. 2547 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2548 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2549 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2550 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2551 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2552 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2553 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2554 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2555 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2556 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2557 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2558 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2559 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2560 * true if this is the second scan request 2561 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2562 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2563 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2564 */ 2565 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2566 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2567 int n_ssids; 2568 u32 n_channels; 2569 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2570 const u8 *ie; 2571 size_t ie_len; 2572 u16 duration; 2573 bool duration_mandatory; 2574 u32 flags; 2575 2576 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2577 2578 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2579 2580 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2581 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2582 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2583 2584 /* internal */ 2585 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2586 unsigned long scan_start; 2587 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2588 bool notified; 2589 bool no_cck; 2590 bool scan_6ghz; 2591 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2592 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2593 2594 /* keep last */ 2595 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2596 }; 2597 2598 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2599 { 2600 int i; 2601 2602 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2603 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2604 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2605 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2606 } 2607 } 2608 2609 /** 2610 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2611 * 2612 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2613 * or no match (RSSI only) 2614 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2615 * or no match (RSSI only) 2616 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2617 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2618 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2619 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2620 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2621 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2622 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2623 * corresponding matchset. 2624 */ 2625 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2626 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2627 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2628 s32 rssi_thold; 2629 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2630 }; 2631 2632 /** 2633 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2634 * 2635 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2636 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2637 * infinite loop. 2638 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2639 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2640 */ 2641 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2642 u32 interval; 2643 u32 iterations; 2644 }; 2645 2646 /** 2647 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2648 * 2649 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2650 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2651 */ 2652 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2653 enum nl80211_band band; 2654 s8 delta; 2655 }; 2656 2657 /** 2658 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2659 * 2660 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2661 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2662 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2663 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2664 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2665 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2666 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2667 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2668 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2669 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2670 * (others are filtered out). 2671 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2672 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2673 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2674 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2675 * @dev: the interface 2676 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2677 * @channels: channels to scan 2678 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2679 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2680 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2681 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2682 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2683 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2684 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2685 * index must be executed first. 2686 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2687 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2688 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2689 * owned by a particular socket) 2690 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2691 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2692 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2693 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2694 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2695 * supported. 2696 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2697 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2698 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2699 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2700 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2701 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2702 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2703 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2704 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2705 * comparisions. 2706 */ 2707 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2708 u64 reqid; 2709 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2710 int n_ssids; 2711 u32 n_channels; 2712 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2713 const u8 *ie; 2714 size_t ie_len; 2715 u32 flags; 2716 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2717 int n_match_sets; 2718 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2719 u32 delay; 2720 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2721 int n_scan_plans; 2722 2723 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2724 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2725 2726 bool relative_rssi_set; 2727 s8 relative_rssi; 2728 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2729 2730 /* internal */ 2731 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2732 struct net_device *dev; 2733 unsigned long scan_start; 2734 bool report_results; 2735 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2736 u32 owner_nlportid; 2737 bool nl_owner_dead; 2738 struct list_head list; 2739 2740 /* keep last */ 2741 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2742 }; 2743 2744 /** 2745 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2746 * 2747 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2748 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2749 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2750 */ 2751 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2752 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2753 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2754 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2755 }; 2756 2757 /** 2758 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2759 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2760 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2761 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2762 * signal type 2763 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2764 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2765 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2766 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2767 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2768 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2769 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2770 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2771 * by %parent_bssid. 2772 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2773 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2774 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2775 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2776 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2777 */ 2778 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2779 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2780 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2781 s32 signal; 2782 u64 boottime_ns; 2783 u64 parent_tsf; 2784 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2785 u8 chains; 2786 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2787 2788 void *drv_data; 2789 }; 2790 2791 /** 2792 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2793 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2794 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2795 * @len: length of the IEs 2796 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2797 * @data: IE data 2798 */ 2799 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2800 u64 tsf; 2801 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2802 int len; 2803 bool from_beacon; 2804 u8 data[]; 2805 }; 2806 2807 /** 2808 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2809 * 2810 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2811 * for use in scan results and similar. 2812 * 2813 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2814 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2815 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2816 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2817 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2818 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2819 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2820 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2821 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2822 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2823 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2824 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2825 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2826 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2827 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2828 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2829 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2830 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2831 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2832 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2833 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2834 * (multi-BSSID support) 2835 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2836 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2837 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2838 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2839 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2840 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2841 */ 2842 struct cfg80211_bss { 2843 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2844 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2845 2846 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2847 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2848 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2849 2850 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2851 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2852 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2853 2854 s32 signal; 2855 2856 u16 beacon_interval; 2857 u16 capability; 2858 2859 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2860 u8 chains; 2861 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2862 2863 u8 bssid_index; 2864 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2865 2866 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2867 }; 2868 2869 /** 2870 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2871 * @bss: the bss to search 2872 * @id: the element ID 2873 * 2874 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2875 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2876 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2877 */ 2878 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2879 2880 /** 2881 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2882 * @bss: the bss to search 2883 * @id: the element ID 2884 * 2885 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2886 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2887 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2888 */ 2889 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2890 { 2891 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2892 } 2893 2894 2895 /** 2896 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2897 * 2898 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2899 * authentication. 2900 * 2901 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2902 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2903 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2904 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2905 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2906 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2907 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2908 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2909 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2910 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2911 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2912 * transaction sequence number field. 2913 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2914 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2915 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2916 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2917 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2918 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2919 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2920 */ 2921 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2922 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2923 const u8 *ie; 2924 size_t ie_len; 2925 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2926 const u8 *key; 2927 u8 key_len; 2928 s8 key_idx; 2929 const u8 *auth_data; 2930 size_t auth_data_len; 2931 s8 link_id; 2932 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2933 }; 2934 2935 /** 2936 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2937 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2938 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2939 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2940 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2941 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 2942 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 2943 */ 2944 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2945 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2946 const u8 *elems; 2947 size_t elems_len; 2948 bool disabled; 2949 }; 2950 2951 /** 2952 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2953 * 2954 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2955 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2956 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2957 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2958 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2959 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2960 * request (connect callback). 2961 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2962 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2963 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2964 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2965 * flag is not set. 2966 */ 2967 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2968 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2969 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2970 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2971 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2972 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2973 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2974 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2975 }; 2976 2977 /** 2978 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2979 * 2980 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2981 * (re)association. 2982 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2983 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2984 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2985 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2986 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2987 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2988 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2989 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2990 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2991 * @crypto: crypto settings 2992 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2993 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2994 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2995 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2996 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2997 * frame. 2998 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2999 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3000 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3001 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3002 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3003 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3004 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3005 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3006 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3007 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3008 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3009 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3010 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3011 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3012 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3013 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3014 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3015 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3016 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3017 */ 3018 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3019 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3020 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3021 size_t ie_len; 3022 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3023 bool use_mfp; 3024 u32 flags; 3025 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3026 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3027 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3028 const u8 *fils_kek; 3029 size_t fils_kek_len; 3030 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3031 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3032 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3033 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3034 s8 link_id; 3035 }; 3036 3037 /** 3038 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3039 * 3040 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3041 * deauthentication. 3042 * 3043 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3044 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3045 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3046 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3047 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3048 * do not set a deauth frame 3049 */ 3050 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3051 const u8 *bssid; 3052 const u8 *ie; 3053 size_t ie_len; 3054 u16 reason_code; 3055 bool local_state_change; 3056 }; 3057 3058 /** 3059 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3060 * 3061 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3062 * disassociation. 3063 * 3064 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3065 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3066 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3067 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3068 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3069 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3070 */ 3071 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3072 const u8 *ap_addr; 3073 const u8 *ie; 3074 size_t ie_len; 3075 u16 reason_code; 3076 bool local_state_change; 3077 }; 3078 3079 /** 3080 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3081 * 3082 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3083 * method. 3084 * 3085 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3086 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3087 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3088 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3089 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3090 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3091 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3092 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3093 * @ie_len: length of that 3094 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3095 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3096 * after joining 3097 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3098 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3099 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3100 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3101 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3102 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3103 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3104 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3105 * to operate on DFS channels. 3106 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3107 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3108 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3109 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3110 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3111 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3112 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3113 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3114 */ 3115 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3116 const u8 *ssid; 3117 const u8 *bssid; 3118 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3119 const u8 *ie; 3120 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3121 u16 beacon_interval; 3122 u32 basic_rates; 3123 bool channel_fixed; 3124 bool privacy; 3125 bool control_port; 3126 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3127 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3128 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3129 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3130 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3131 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3132 int wep_tx_key; 3133 }; 3134 3135 /** 3136 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3137 * 3138 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3139 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3140 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3141 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3142 */ 3143 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3144 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3145 union { 3146 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3147 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3148 } param; 3149 }; 3150 3151 /** 3152 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3153 * 3154 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3155 * authentication and association. 3156 * 3157 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3158 * on scan results) 3159 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3160 * %NULL if not specified 3161 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3162 * results) 3163 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3164 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3165 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3166 * to use. 3167 * @ssid: SSID 3168 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3169 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3170 * @ie: IEs for association request 3171 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3172 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3173 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3174 * @crypto: crypto settings 3175 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3176 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3177 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3178 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3179 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3180 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3181 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3182 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3183 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3184 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3185 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3186 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3187 * networks. 3188 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3189 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3190 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3191 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3192 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3193 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3194 * frame. 3195 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3196 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3197 * data IE. 3198 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3199 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3200 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3201 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3202 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3203 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3204 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3205 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3206 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3207 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3208 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3209 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3210 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3211 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3212 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3213 */ 3214 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3215 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3216 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3217 const u8 *bssid; 3218 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3219 const u8 *ssid; 3220 size_t ssid_len; 3221 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3222 const u8 *ie; 3223 size_t ie_len; 3224 bool privacy; 3225 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3226 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3227 const u8 *key; 3228 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3229 u32 flags; 3230 int bg_scan_period; 3231 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3232 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3233 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3234 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3235 bool pbss; 3236 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3237 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3238 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3239 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3240 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3241 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3242 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3243 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3244 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3245 bool want_1x; 3246 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3247 }; 3248 3249 /** 3250 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3251 * 3252 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3253 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3254 * 3255 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3256 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3257 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3258 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3259 */ 3260 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3261 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3262 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3263 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3264 }; 3265 3266 /** 3267 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3268 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3269 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3270 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3271 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3272 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3273 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3274 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3275 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3276 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3277 */ 3278 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3279 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3280 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3281 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3282 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3283 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3284 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3285 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3286 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3287 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3288 }; 3289 3290 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3291 3292 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3293 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3294 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3295 3296 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3297 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3298 3299 /** 3300 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3301 * 3302 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3303 * caching. 3304 * 3305 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3306 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3307 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3308 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3309 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3310 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3311 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3312 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3313 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3314 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3315 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3316 * %NULL). 3317 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3318 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3319 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3320 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3321 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3322 * used for it expires. 3323 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3324 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3325 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3326 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3327 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3328 */ 3329 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3330 const u8 *bssid; 3331 const u8 *pmkid; 3332 const u8 *pmk; 3333 size_t pmk_len; 3334 const u8 *ssid; 3335 size_t ssid_len; 3336 const u8 *cache_id; 3337 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3338 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3339 }; 3340 3341 /** 3342 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3343 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3344 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3345 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3346 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3347 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3348 * 3349 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3350 * memory, free @mask only! 3351 */ 3352 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3353 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3354 int pattern_len; 3355 int pkt_offset; 3356 }; 3357 3358 /** 3359 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3360 * 3361 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3362 * @src: source IP address 3363 * @dst: destination IP address 3364 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3365 * @src_port: source port 3366 * @dst_port: destination port 3367 * @payload_len: data payload length 3368 * @payload: data payload buffer 3369 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3370 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3371 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3372 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3373 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3374 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3375 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3376 */ 3377 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3378 struct socket *sock; 3379 __be32 src, dst; 3380 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3381 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3382 int payload_len; 3383 const u8 *payload; 3384 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3385 u32 data_interval; 3386 u32 wake_len; 3387 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3388 u32 tokens_size; 3389 /* must be last, variable member */ 3390 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3391 }; 3392 3393 /** 3394 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3395 * 3396 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3397 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3398 * operating as normal during suspend 3399 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3400 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3401 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3402 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3403 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3404 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3405 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3406 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3407 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3408 * NULL if not configured. 3409 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3410 */ 3411 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3412 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3413 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3414 rfkill_release; 3415 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3416 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3417 int n_patterns; 3418 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3419 }; 3420 3421 /** 3422 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3423 * 3424 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3425 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3426 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3427 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3428 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3429 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3430 */ 3431 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3432 int delay; 3433 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3434 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3435 int n_patterns; 3436 }; 3437 3438 /** 3439 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3440 * 3441 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3442 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3443 * @n_rules: number of rules 3444 */ 3445 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3446 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3447 int n_rules; 3448 }; 3449 3450 /** 3451 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3452 * 3453 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3454 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3455 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3456 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3457 * occurred (in MHz) 3458 */ 3459 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3460 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3461 int n_channels; 3462 u32 channels[]; 3463 }; 3464 3465 /** 3466 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3467 * 3468 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3469 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3470 * match information. 3471 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3472 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3473 */ 3474 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3475 int n_matches; 3476 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3477 }; 3478 3479 /** 3480 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3481 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3482 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3483 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3484 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3485 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3486 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3487 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3488 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3489 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3490 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3491 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3492 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3493 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3494 * it is. 3495 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3496 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3497 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3498 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3499 */ 3500 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3501 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3502 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3503 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3504 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3505 s32 pattern_idx; 3506 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3507 const void *packet; 3508 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3509 }; 3510 3511 /** 3512 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3513 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3514 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3515 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3516 * @kek_len: length of kek 3517 * @kck_len: length of kck 3518 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3519 */ 3520 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3521 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3522 u32 akm; 3523 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3524 }; 3525 3526 /** 3527 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3528 * 3529 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3530 * 3531 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3532 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3533 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3534 */ 3535 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3536 u16 md; 3537 const u8 *ie; 3538 size_t ie_len; 3539 }; 3540 3541 /** 3542 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3543 * 3544 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3545 * 3546 * @chan: channel to use 3547 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3548 * @wait: duration for ROC 3549 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3550 * @len: buffer length 3551 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3552 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3553 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3554 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3555 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3556 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3557 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3558 */ 3559 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3560 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3561 bool offchan; 3562 unsigned int wait; 3563 const u8 *buf; 3564 size_t len; 3565 bool no_cck; 3566 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3567 int n_csa_offsets; 3568 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3569 int link_id; 3570 }; 3571 3572 /** 3573 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3574 * 3575 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3576 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3577 */ 3578 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3579 u8 dscp; 3580 u8 up; 3581 }; 3582 3583 /** 3584 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3585 * 3586 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3587 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3588 */ 3589 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3590 u8 low; 3591 u8 high; 3592 }; 3593 3594 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3595 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3596 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3597 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3598 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3599 3600 /** 3601 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3602 * 3603 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3604 * 3605 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3606 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3607 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3608 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3609 */ 3610 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3611 u8 num_des; 3612 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3613 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3614 }; 3615 3616 /** 3617 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3618 * 3619 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3620 * 3621 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3622 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3623 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3624 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3625 */ 3626 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3627 u8 master_pref; 3628 u8 bands; 3629 }; 3630 3631 /** 3632 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3633 * configuration 3634 * 3635 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3636 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3637 */ 3638 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3639 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3640 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3641 }; 3642 3643 /** 3644 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3645 * 3646 * @filter: the content of the filter 3647 * @len: the length of the filter 3648 */ 3649 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3650 const u8 *filter; 3651 u8 len; 3652 }; 3653 3654 /** 3655 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3656 * 3657 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3658 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3659 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3660 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3661 * implementation specific. 3662 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3663 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3664 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3665 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3666 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3667 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3668 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3669 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3670 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3671 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3672 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3673 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3674 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3675 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3676 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3677 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3678 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3679 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3680 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3681 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3682 */ 3683 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3684 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3685 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3686 u8 publish_type; 3687 bool close_range; 3688 bool publish_bcast; 3689 bool subscribe_active; 3690 u8 followup_id; 3691 u8 followup_reqid; 3692 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3693 u32 ttl; 3694 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3695 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3696 bool srf_include; 3697 const u8 *srf_bf; 3698 u8 srf_bf_len; 3699 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3700 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3701 int srf_num_macs; 3702 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3703 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3704 u8 num_tx_filters; 3705 u8 num_rx_filters; 3706 u8 instance_id; 3707 u64 cookie; 3708 }; 3709 3710 /** 3711 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3712 * 3713 * @aa: authenticator address 3714 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3715 * @pmk: the PMK material 3716 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3717 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3718 * holds PMK-R0. 3719 */ 3720 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3721 const u8 *aa; 3722 u8 pmk_len; 3723 const u8 *pmk; 3724 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3725 }; 3726 3727 /** 3728 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3729 * 3730 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3731 * 3732 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3733 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3734 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3735 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3736 * authentication response command interface. 3737 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3738 * authentication response command interface. 3739 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3740 * authentication request event interface. 3741 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3742 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3743 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3744 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3745 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3746 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3747 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3748 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3749 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3750 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3751 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3752 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3753 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3754 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3755 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3756 * chosen for the authentication. 3757 */ 3758 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3759 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3760 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3761 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3762 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3763 u16 status; 3764 const u8 *pmkid; 3765 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3766 }; 3767 3768 /** 3769 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3770 * 3771 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3772 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3773 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3774 * answered 3775 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3776 * successfully answered 3777 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3778 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3779 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3780 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3781 * of how much time the responder was busy 3782 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3783 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3784 * the responder 3785 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3786 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3787 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3788 */ 3789 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3790 u32 filled; 3791 u32 success_num; 3792 u32 partial_num; 3793 u32 failed_num; 3794 u32 asap_num; 3795 u32 non_asap_num; 3796 u64 total_duration_ms; 3797 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3798 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3799 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3800 }; 3801 3802 /** 3803 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3804 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3805 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3806 * reason than just "failure" 3807 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3808 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3809 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3810 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3811 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3812 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3813 * by the responder 3814 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3815 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3816 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3817 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3818 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3819 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3820 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3821 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3822 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3823 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3824 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3825 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3826 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3827 * the square root of the variance) 3828 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3829 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3830 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3831 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3832 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3833 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3834 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3835 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3836 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3837 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3838 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3839 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3840 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3841 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3842 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3843 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3844 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3845 */ 3846 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3847 const u8 *lci; 3848 const u8 *civicloc; 3849 unsigned int lci_len; 3850 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3851 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3852 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3853 s16 burst_index; 3854 u8 busy_retry_time; 3855 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3856 u8 burst_duration; 3857 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3858 s32 rssi_avg; 3859 s32 rssi_spread; 3860 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3861 s64 rtt_avg; 3862 s64 rtt_variance; 3863 s64 rtt_spread; 3864 s64 dist_avg; 3865 s64 dist_variance; 3866 s64 dist_spread; 3867 3868 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3869 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3870 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3871 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3872 tx_rate_valid:1, 3873 rx_rate_valid:1, 3874 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3875 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3876 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3877 dist_avg_valid:1, 3878 dist_variance_valid:1, 3879 dist_spread_valid:1; 3880 }; 3881 3882 /** 3883 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3884 * @addr: address of the peer 3885 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3886 * measurement was made) 3887 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3888 * @status: status of the measurement 3889 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3890 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3891 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3892 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3893 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3894 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3895 * @ftm: FTM result 3896 */ 3897 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3898 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3899 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3900 3901 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3902 3903 u8 final:1, 3904 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3905 3906 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3907 3908 union { 3909 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3910 }; 3911 }; 3912 3913 /** 3914 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3915 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3916 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3917 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3918 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3919 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3920 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3921 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3922 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3923 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3924 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3925 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3926 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3927 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3928 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3929 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3930 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3931 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3932 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3933 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3934 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3935 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3936 * 3937 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3938 */ 3939 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3940 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3941 u16 burst_period; 3942 u8 requested:1, 3943 asap:1, 3944 request_lci:1, 3945 request_civicloc:1, 3946 trigger_based:1, 3947 non_trigger_based:1, 3948 lmr_feedback:1; 3949 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3950 u8 burst_duration; 3951 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3952 u8 ftmr_retries; 3953 u8 bss_color; 3954 }; 3955 3956 /** 3957 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3958 * @addr: MAC address 3959 * @chandef: channel to use 3960 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3961 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3962 */ 3963 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3964 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3965 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3966 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3967 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3968 }; 3969 3970 /** 3971 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3972 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3973 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3974 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3975 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3976 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3977 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3978 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3979 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3980 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3981 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3982 * zero it means there's no timeout 3983 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3984 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3985 */ 3986 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3987 u64 cookie; 3988 void *drv_data; 3989 u32 n_peers; 3990 u32 nl_portid; 3991 3992 u32 timeout; 3993 3994 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3995 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3996 3997 struct list_head list; 3998 3999 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4000 }; 4001 4002 /** 4003 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4004 * 4005 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4006 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4007 * 4008 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4009 * 4010 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4011 * has to be done. 4012 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4013 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4014 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4015 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4016 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4017 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4018 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4019 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4020 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4021 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4022 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4023 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4024 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4025 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4026 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4027 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4028 */ 4029 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4030 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4031 u16 status; 4032 const u8 *ie; 4033 size_t ie_len; 4034 int assoc_link_id; 4035 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4036 }; 4037 4038 /** 4039 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4040 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4041 * for the entire device 4042 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4043 * for the given interface 4044 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4045 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4046 * for these subtypes 4047 */ 4048 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4049 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4050 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4051 }; 4052 4053 /** 4054 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4055 * 4056 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4057 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4058 * 4059 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4060 * on success or a negative error code. 4061 * 4062 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4063 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4064 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4065 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4066 * 4067 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4068 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4069 * configured for the device. 4070 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4071 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4072 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4073 * the device. 4074 * 4075 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4076 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4077 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4078 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4079 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4080 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4081 * 4082 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4083 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4084 * 4085 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4086 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4087 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4088 * 4089 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4090 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4091 * address is available. 4092 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4093 * 4094 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4095 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4096 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4097 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4098 * 4099 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4100 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4101 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4102 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4103 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4104 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4105 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4106 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4107 * 4108 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4109 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4110 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4111 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4112 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4113 * 4114 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4115 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4116 * 4117 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4118 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4119 * 4120 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4121 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4122 * 4123 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4124 * 4125 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4126 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4127 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4128 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4129 * 4130 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4131 * @del_station: Remove a station 4132 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4133 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4134 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4135 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4136 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4137 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4138 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4139 * 4140 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4141 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4142 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4143 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4144 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4145 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4146 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4147 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4148 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4149 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4150 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4151 * 4152 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4153 * 4154 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4155 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4156 * set, and which to leave alone. 4157 * 4158 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4159 * 4160 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4161 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4162 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4163 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4164 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4165 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4166 * 4167 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4168 * 4169 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4170 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4171 * join the mesh instead. 4172 * 4173 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4174 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4175 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4176 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4177 * 4178 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4179 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4180 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4181 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4182 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4183 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4184 * 4185 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4186 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4187 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4188 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4189 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4190 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4191 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4192 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4193 * 4194 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4195 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4196 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4197 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4198 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4199 * was received. 4200 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4201 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4202 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4203 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4204 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4205 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4206 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4207 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4208 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4209 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4210 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4211 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4212 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4213 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4214 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4215 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4216 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4217 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4218 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4219 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4220 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4221 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4222 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4223 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4224 * 4225 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4226 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4227 * to a merge. 4228 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4229 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4230 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4231 * 4232 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4233 * MESH mode) 4234 * 4235 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4236 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4237 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4238 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4239 * 4240 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4241 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4242 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4243 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4244 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4245 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4246 * return 0 if successful 4247 * 4248 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4249 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4250 * 4251 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4252 * 4253 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4254 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4255 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4256 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4257 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4258 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4259 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4260 * the duration value. 4261 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4262 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4263 * frame on another channel 4264 * 4265 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4266 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4267 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4268 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4269 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4270 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4271 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4272 * 4273 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4274 * 4275 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4276 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4277 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4278 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4279 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4280 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4281 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4282 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4283 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4284 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4285 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4286 * disabled.) 4287 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4288 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4289 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4290 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4291 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4292 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4293 * thresholds. 4294 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4295 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4296 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4297 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4298 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4299 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4300 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4301 * 4302 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4303 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4304 * 4305 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4306 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4307 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4308 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4309 * 4310 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4311 * 4312 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4313 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4314 * 4315 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4316 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4317 * 4318 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4319 * 4320 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4321 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4322 * current monitoring channel. 4323 * 4324 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4325 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4326 * 4327 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4328 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4329 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4330 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4331 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4332 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4333 * 4334 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4335 * 4336 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4337 * was finished on another phy. 4338 * 4339 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4340 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4341 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4342 * 4343 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4344 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4345 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4346 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4347 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4348 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4349 * 4350 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4351 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4352 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4353 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4354 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4355 * as soon as possible. 4356 * 4357 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4358 * 4359 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4360 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4361 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4362 * 4363 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4364 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4365 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4366 * account. 4367 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4368 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4369 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4370 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4371 * rejected) 4372 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4373 * 4374 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4375 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4376 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4377 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4378 * 4379 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4380 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4381 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4382 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4383 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4384 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4385 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4386 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4387 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4388 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4389 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4390 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4391 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4392 * provided @nan_func. 4393 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4394 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4395 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4396 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4397 * 4398 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4399 * 4400 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4401 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4402 * 4403 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4404 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4405 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4406 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4407 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4408 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4409 * 4410 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4411 * user space 4412 * 4413 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4414 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4415 * 4416 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4417 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4418 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4419 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4420 * 4421 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4422 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4423 * DH IE through this interface. 4424 * 4425 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4426 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4427 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4428 * This callback may sleep. 4429 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4430 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4431 * 4432 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4433 * 4434 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4435 * 4436 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4437 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4438 * Response frame. 4439 * 4440 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4441 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4442 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4443 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4444 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4445 * radar channel. 4446 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4447 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4448 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4449 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4450 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4451 * 4452 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4453 */ 4454 struct cfg80211_ops { 4455 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4456 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4457 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4458 4459 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4460 const char *name, 4461 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4462 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4463 struct vif_params *params); 4464 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4465 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4466 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4467 struct net_device *dev, 4468 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4469 struct vif_params *params); 4470 4471 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4472 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4473 unsigned int link_id); 4474 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4475 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4476 unsigned int link_id); 4477 4478 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4479 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4480 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4481 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4482 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4483 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4484 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4485 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4486 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4487 const u8 *mac_addr); 4488 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4489 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4490 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4491 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4492 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4493 u8 key_index); 4494 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4495 struct net_device *netdev, 4496 int link_id, 4497 u8 key_index); 4498 4499 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4500 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4501 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4502 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4503 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4504 unsigned int link_id); 4505 4506 4507 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4508 const u8 *mac, 4509 struct station_parameters *params); 4510 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4511 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4512 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4513 const u8 *mac, 4514 struct station_parameters *params); 4515 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4516 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4517 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4518 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4519 4520 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4521 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4522 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4523 const u8 *dst); 4524 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4525 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4526 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4527 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4528 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4529 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4530 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4531 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4532 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4533 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4534 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4535 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4536 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4537 struct net_device *dev, 4538 struct mesh_config *conf); 4539 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4540 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4541 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4542 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4543 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4544 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4545 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4546 4547 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4548 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4549 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4550 4551 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4552 struct bss_parameters *params); 4553 4554 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4555 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4556 4557 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4558 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4559 4560 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4561 struct net_device *dev, 4562 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4563 4564 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4565 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4566 4567 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4568 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4569 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4570 4571 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4572 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4573 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4574 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4575 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4576 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4577 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4578 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4579 4580 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4581 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4582 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4583 struct net_device *dev, 4584 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4585 u32 changed); 4586 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4587 u16 reason_code); 4588 4589 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4590 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4591 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4592 4593 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4594 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4595 4596 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4597 4598 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4599 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4600 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4601 int *dbm); 4602 4603 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4604 4605 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4606 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4607 void *data, int len); 4608 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4609 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4610 void *data, int len); 4611 #endif 4612 4613 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4614 struct net_device *dev, 4615 unsigned int link_id, 4616 const u8 *peer, 4617 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4618 4619 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4620 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4621 4622 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4623 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4624 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4625 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4626 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4627 4628 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4629 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4630 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4631 unsigned int duration, 4632 u64 *cookie); 4633 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4634 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4635 u64 cookie); 4636 4637 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4638 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4639 u64 *cookie); 4640 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4641 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4642 u64 cookie); 4643 4644 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4645 bool enabled, int timeout); 4646 4647 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4648 struct net_device *dev, 4649 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4650 4651 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4652 struct net_device *dev, 4653 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4654 4655 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4656 struct net_device *dev, 4657 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4658 4659 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4660 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4661 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4662 4663 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4664 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4665 4666 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4667 struct net_device *dev, 4668 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4669 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4670 u64 reqid); 4671 4672 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4673 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4674 4675 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4676 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4677 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4678 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4679 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4680 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4681 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4682 4683 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4684 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4685 4686 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4687 struct net_device *dev, 4688 u16 noack_map); 4689 4690 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4691 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4692 unsigned int link_id, 4693 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4694 4695 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4696 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4697 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4698 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4699 4700 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4701 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4702 4703 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4704 struct net_device *dev, 4705 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4706 u32 cac_time_ms); 4707 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4708 struct net_device *dev); 4709 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4710 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4711 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4712 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4713 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4714 u16 duration); 4715 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4716 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4717 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4718 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4719 4720 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4721 struct net_device *dev, 4722 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4723 4724 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4725 struct net_device *dev, 4726 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4727 4728 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4729 unsigned int link_id, 4730 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4731 4732 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4733 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4734 u16 admitted_time); 4735 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4736 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4737 4738 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4739 struct net_device *dev, 4740 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4741 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4742 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4743 struct net_device *dev, 4744 const u8 *addr); 4745 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4746 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4747 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4748 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4749 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4750 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4751 u64 cookie); 4752 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4753 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4754 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4755 u32 changes); 4756 4757 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4758 struct net_device *dev, 4759 const bool enabled); 4760 4761 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4762 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4763 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4764 4765 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4766 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4767 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4768 const u8 *aa); 4769 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4770 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4771 4772 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4773 struct net_device *dev, 4774 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4775 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4776 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4777 u64 *cookie); 4778 4779 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4780 struct net_device *dev, 4781 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4782 4783 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4784 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4785 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4786 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4787 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4788 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4789 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4790 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4791 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4792 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4793 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4794 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4795 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4796 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4797 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4798 struct net_device *dev, 4799 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4800 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4801 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4802 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4803 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4804 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4805 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4806 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4807 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4808 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4809 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4810 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4811 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4812 }; 4813 4814 /* 4815 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4816 * and registration/helper functions 4817 */ 4818 4819 /** 4820 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4821 * 4822 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4823 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4824 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4825 * wiphy at all 4826 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4827 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4828 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4829 * reason to override the default 4830 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4831 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4832 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4833 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4834 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4835 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4836 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4837 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4838 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4839 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4840 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4841 * firmware. 4842 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4843 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4844 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4845 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4846 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4847 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4848 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4849 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4850 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4851 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4852 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4853 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4854 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4855 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4856 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4857 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4858 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4859 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4860 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4861 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4862 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4863 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4864 * should set this flag for now. 4865 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4866 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4867 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4868 */ 4869 enum wiphy_flags { 4870 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4871 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4872 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4873 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4874 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4875 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4876 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4877 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4878 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4879 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4880 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 4881 /* use hole at 12 */ 4882 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4883 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4884 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4885 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4886 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4887 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4888 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4889 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4890 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4891 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4892 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4893 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 4894 }; 4895 4896 /** 4897 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4898 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4899 * @types: interface types (bits) 4900 */ 4901 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4902 u16 max; 4903 u16 types; 4904 }; 4905 4906 /** 4907 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4908 * 4909 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4910 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4911 * 4912 * Examples: 4913 * 4914 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4915 * 4916 * .. code-block:: c 4917 * 4918 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4919 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4920 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 4921 * }; 4922 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4923 * .limits = limits1, 4924 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4925 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4926 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4927 * }; 4928 * 4929 * 4930 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4931 * 4932 * .. code-block:: c 4933 * 4934 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4935 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4936 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4937 * }; 4938 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4939 * .limits = limits2, 4940 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4941 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4942 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4943 * }; 4944 * 4945 * 4946 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4947 * 4948 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4949 * 4950 * .. code-block:: c 4951 * 4952 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4953 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4954 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4955 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4956 * }; 4957 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4958 * .limits = limits3, 4959 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4960 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4961 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4962 * }; 4963 * 4964 */ 4965 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4966 /** 4967 * @limits: 4968 * limits for the given interface types 4969 */ 4970 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4971 4972 /** 4973 * @num_different_channels: 4974 * can use up to this many different channels 4975 */ 4976 u32 num_different_channels; 4977 4978 /** 4979 * @max_interfaces: 4980 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4981 */ 4982 u16 max_interfaces; 4983 4984 /** 4985 * @n_limits: 4986 * number of limitations 4987 */ 4988 u8 n_limits; 4989 4990 /** 4991 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4992 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4993 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4994 */ 4995 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4996 4997 /** 4998 * @radar_detect_widths: 4999 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5000 */ 5001 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5002 5003 /** 5004 * @radar_detect_regions: 5005 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5006 */ 5007 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5008 5009 /** 5010 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5011 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5012 * 5013 * = 0 5014 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5015 * > 0 5016 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5017 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5018 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5019 */ 5020 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5021 }; 5022 5023 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5024 u16 tx, rx; 5025 }; 5026 5027 /** 5028 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5029 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5030 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5031 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5032 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5033 * packet should be preserved in that case 5034 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5035 * (see nl80211.h) 5036 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5037 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5038 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5039 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5040 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5041 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5042 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5043 */ 5044 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5045 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5046 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5047 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5048 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5049 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5050 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5051 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5052 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5053 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5054 }; 5055 5056 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5057 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5058 u32 data_payload_max; 5059 u32 data_interval_max; 5060 u32 wake_payload_max; 5061 bool seq; 5062 }; 5063 5064 /** 5065 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5066 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5067 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5068 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5069 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5070 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5071 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5072 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5073 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5074 * scheduled scans. 5075 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5076 * details. 5077 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5078 */ 5079 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5080 u32 flags; 5081 int n_patterns; 5082 int pattern_max_len; 5083 int pattern_min_len; 5084 int max_pkt_offset; 5085 int max_nd_match_sets; 5086 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5087 }; 5088 5089 /** 5090 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5091 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5092 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5093 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5094 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5095 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5096 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5097 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5098 */ 5099 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5100 int n_rules; 5101 int max_delay; 5102 int n_patterns; 5103 int pattern_max_len; 5104 int pattern_min_len; 5105 int max_pkt_offset; 5106 }; 5107 5108 /** 5109 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5110 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5111 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5112 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5113 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5114 */ 5115 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5116 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5117 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5118 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5119 }; 5120 5121 /** 5122 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5123 * 5124 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5125 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5126 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5127 * 5128 */ 5129 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5130 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5131 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5132 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5133 }; 5134 5135 /** 5136 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5137 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5138 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5139 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5140 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5141 */ 5142 5143 struct sta_opmode_info { 5144 u32 changed; 5145 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5146 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5147 u8 rx_nss; 5148 }; 5149 5150 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5151 5152 /** 5153 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5154 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5155 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5156 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5157 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5158 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5159 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5160 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5161 * dumpit calls. 5162 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5163 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5164 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5165 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5166 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5167 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5168 * are used with dump requests. 5169 */ 5170 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5171 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5172 u32 flags; 5173 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5174 const void *data, int data_len); 5175 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5176 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5177 unsigned long *storage); 5178 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5179 unsigned int maxattr; 5180 }; 5181 5182 /** 5183 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5184 * @iftype: interface type 5185 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5186 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5187 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5188 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5189 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5190 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5191 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5192 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5193 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5194 */ 5195 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5196 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5197 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5198 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5199 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5200 u16 eml_capabilities; 5201 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5202 }; 5203 5204 /** 5205 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5206 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5207 * @type: the interface type to look up 5208 */ 5209 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5210 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5211 5212 /** 5213 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5214 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5215 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5216 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5217 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5218 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5219 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5220 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5221 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5222 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5223 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5224 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5225 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5226 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5227 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5228 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5229 * not limited) 5230 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5231 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5232 */ 5233 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5234 unsigned int max_peers; 5235 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5236 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5237 5238 struct { 5239 u32 preambles; 5240 u32 bandwidths; 5241 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5242 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5243 u8 supported:1, 5244 asap:1, 5245 non_asap:1, 5246 request_lci:1, 5247 request_civicloc:1, 5248 trigger_based:1, 5249 non_trigger_based:1; 5250 } ftm; 5251 }; 5252 5253 /** 5254 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5255 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5256 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5257 * 5258 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5259 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5260 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5261 */ 5262 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5263 u16 iftypes_mask; 5264 const u32 *akm_suites; 5265 int n_akm_suites; 5266 }; 5267 5268 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5269 5270 /** 5271 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5272 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5273 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5274 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5275 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5276 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5277 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5278 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5279 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5280 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5281 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5282 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5283 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5284 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5285 * iftype_akm_suites. 5286 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5287 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5288 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5289 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5290 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5291 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5292 * suites are specified separately. 5293 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5294 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5295 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5296 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5297 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5298 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5299 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5300 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5301 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5302 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5303 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5304 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5305 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5306 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5307 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5308 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5309 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5310 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5311 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5312 * unregister hardware 5313 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5314 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5315 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5316 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5317 * (see below). 5318 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5319 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5320 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5321 * must be set by driver 5322 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5323 * list single interface types. 5324 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5325 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5326 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5327 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5328 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5329 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5330 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5331 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5332 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5333 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5334 * this variable determines its size 5335 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5336 * any given scan 5337 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5338 * the device can run concurrently. 5339 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5340 * for in any given scheduled scan 5341 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5342 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5343 * supported. 5344 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5345 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5346 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5347 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5348 * scans 5349 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5350 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5351 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5352 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5353 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5354 * scan plan supported by the device. 5355 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5356 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5357 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5358 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5359 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5360 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5361 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5362 * 5363 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5364 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5365 * type 5366 * 5367 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5368 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5369 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5370 * 5371 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5372 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5373 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5374 * 5375 * @probe_resp_offload: 5376 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5377 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5378 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5379 * 5380 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5381 * may request, if implemented. 5382 * 5383 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5384 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5385 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5386 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5387 * 5388 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5389 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5390 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5391 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5392 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5393 * 5394 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5395 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5396 * 5397 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5398 * supports for ACL. 5399 * 5400 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5401 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5402 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5403 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5404 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5405 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5406 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5407 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5408 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5409 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5410 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5411 * capabilities are specified separately. 5412 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5413 * 5414 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5415 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5416 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5417 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5418 * 5419 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5420 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5421 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5422 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5423 * 5424 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5425 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5426 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5427 * infinite. 5428 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5429 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5430 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5431 * 5432 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5433 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5434 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5435 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5436 * 5437 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5438 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5439 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5440 * 5441 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5442 * wake_tx_queue 5443 * 5444 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5445 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5446 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5447 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5448 * 5449 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5450 * 5451 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5452 * device has 5453 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5454 * supported by the driver for each vif 5455 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5456 * supported by the driver for each peer 5457 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5458 * long/short retry configuration 5459 * 5460 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5461 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5462 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5463 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5464 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5465 * 5466 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5467 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5468 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5469 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5470 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5471 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5472 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5473 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5474 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5475 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5476 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5477 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5478 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5479 * 5480 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5481 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5482 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5483 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5484 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5485 * specify a mac address). 5486 */ 5487 struct wiphy { 5488 struct mutex mtx; 5489 5490 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5491 5492 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5493 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5494 5495 struct mac_address *addresses; 5496 5497 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5498 5499 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5500 int n_iface_combinations; 5501 u16 software_iftypes; 5502 5503 u16 n_addresses; 5504 5505 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5506 u16 interface_modes; 5507 5508 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5509 5510 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5511 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5512 5513 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5514 5515 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5516 5517 int bss_priv_size; 5518 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5519 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5520 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5521 u8 max_match_sets; 5522 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5523 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5524 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5525 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5526 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5527 5528 int n_cipher_suites; 5529 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5530 5531 int n_akm_suites; 5532 const u32 *akm_suites; 5533 5534 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5535 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5536 5537 u8 retry_short; 5538 u8 retry_long; 5539 u32 frag_threshold; 5540 u32 rts_threshold; 5541 u8 coverage_class; 5542 5543 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5544 u32 hw_version; 5545 5546 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5547 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5548 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5549 #endif 5550 5551 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5552 5553 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5554 5555 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5556 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5557 5558 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5559 5560 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5561 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5562 5563 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5564 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5565 5566 const void *privid; 5567 5568 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5569 5570 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5571 struct regulatory_request *request); 5572 5573 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5574 5575 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5576 5577 struct device dev; 5578 5579 bool registered; 5580 5581 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5582 5583 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5584 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5585 5586 struct list_head wdev_list; 5587 5588 possible_net_t _net; 5589 5590 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5591 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5592 #endif 5593 5594 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5595 5596 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5597 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5598 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5599 5600 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5601 5602 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5603 5604 u32 bss_select_support; 5605 5606 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5607 5608 u32 txq_limit; 5609 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5610 u32 txq_quantum; 5611 5612 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5613 5614 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5615 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5616 5617 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5618 5619 struct { 5620 u64 peer, vif; 5621 u8 max_retry; 5622 } tid_config_support; 5623 5624 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5625 5626 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5627 5628 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5629 5630 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5631 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5632 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5633 5634 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5635 5636 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5637 }; 5638 5639 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5640 { 5641 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5642 } 5643 5644 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5645 { 5646 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5647 } 5648 5649 /** 5650 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5651 * 5652 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5653 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5654 */ 5655 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5656 { 5657 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5658 return &wiphy->priv; 5659 } 5660 5661 /** 5662 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5663 * 5664 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5665 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5666 */ 5667 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5668 { 5669 BUG_ON(!priv); 5670 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5671 } 5672 5673 /** 5674 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5675 * 5676 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5677 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5678 */ 5679 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5680 { 5681 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5682 } 5683 5684 /** 5685 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5686 * 5687 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5688 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5689 */ 5690 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5691 { 5692 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5693 } 5694 5695 /** 5696 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5697 * 5698 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5699 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5700 */ 5701 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5702 { 5703 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5704 } 5705 5706 /** 5707 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5708 * 5709 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5710 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5711 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5712 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5713 * 5714 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5715 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5716 * 5717 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5718 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5719 */ 5720 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5721 const char *requested_name); 5722 5723 /** 5724 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5725 * 5726 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5727 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5728 * 5729 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5730 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5731 * 5732 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5733 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5734 */ 5735 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5736 int sizeof_priv) 5737 { 5738 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5739 } 5740 5741 /** 5742 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5743 * 5744 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5745 * 5746 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5747 */ 5748 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5749 5750 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5751 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5752 5753 /** 5754 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5755 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5756 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5757 * 5758 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5759 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5760 */ 5761 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5762 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5763 5764 /** 5765 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5766 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5767 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5768 * 5769 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5770 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5771 */ 5772 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5773 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5774 5775 /** 5776 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5777 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5778 */ 5779 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5780 5781 /** 5782 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5783 * 5784 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5785 * 5786 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5787 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5788 * request that is being handled. 5789 */ 5790 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5791 5792 /** 5793 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5794 * 5795 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5796 */ 5797 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5798 5799 /* internal structs */ 5800 struct cfg80211_conn; 5801 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5802 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5803 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5804 5805 /** 5806 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5807 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5808 * 5809 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 5810 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 5811 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 5812 * differentiate which way it's called. 5813 * 5814 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 5815 * 5816 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5817 * 5818 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 5819 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 5820 */ 5821 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5822 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5823 { 5824 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5825 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5826 } 5827 5828 /** 5829 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5830 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5831 */ 5832 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5833 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5834 { 5835 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5836 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5837 } 5838 5839 struct wiphy_work; 5840 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 5841 5842 struct wiphy_work { 5843 struct list_head entry; 5844 wiphy_work_func_t func; 5845 }; 5846 5847 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 5848 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5849 { 5850 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 5851 work->func = func; 5852 } 5853 5854 /** 5855 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 5856 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5857 * @work: the work item 5858 * 5859 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5860 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5861 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5862 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5863 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5864 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5865 */ 5866 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5867 5868 /** 5869 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 5870 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5871 * @work: the work to cancel 5872 * 5873 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 5874 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5875 */ 5876 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5877 5878 /** 5879 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 5880 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5881 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 5882 * 5883 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 5884 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5885 */ 5886 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5887 5888 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 5889 struct wiphy_work work; 5890 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5891 struct timer_list timer; 5892 }; 5893 5894 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 5895 5896 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 5897 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5898 { 5899 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 5900 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 5901 } 5902 5903 /** 5904 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 5905 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5906 * @dwork: the delayable worker 5907 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 5908 * 5909 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5910 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5911 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5912 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5913 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5914 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5915 */ 5916 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5917 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 5918 unsigned long delay); 5919 5920 /** 5921 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 5922 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5923 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 5924 * 5925 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 5926 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5927 */ 5928 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5929 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 5930 5931 /** 5932 * wiphy_delayed work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 5933 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5934 * @work: the work to flush 5935 * 5936 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 5937 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5938 */ 5939 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5940 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 5941 5942 /** 5943 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5944 * 5945 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5946 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5947 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5948 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5949 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5950 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5951 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5952 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5953 * 5954 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5955 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5956 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5957 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5958 * 5959 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5960 * @iftype: interface type 5961 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5962 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5963 * for the notifier 5964 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5965 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5966 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5967 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5968 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5969 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5970 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5971 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5972 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5973 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5974 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5975 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5976 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5977 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5978 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5979 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5980 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5981 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5982 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5983 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5984 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5985 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5986 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5987 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5988 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5989 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5990 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5991 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5992 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5993 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5994 * the P2P Device. 5995 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5996 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5997 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5998 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5999 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6000 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6001 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6002 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6003 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6004 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6005 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6006 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6007 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6008 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6009 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6010 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6011 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6012 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6013 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6014 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6015 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6016 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6017 * unprotected beacon report 6018 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6019 * @ap and @client for each link 6020 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6021 */ 6022 struct wireless_dev { 6023 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6024 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6025 6026 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6027 struct list_head list; 6028 struct net_device *netdev; 6029 6030 u32 identifier; 6031 6032 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6033 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6034 6035 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6036 6037 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6038 6039 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6040 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6041 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6042 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6043 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6044 6045 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6046 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6047 6048 struct list_head event_list; 6049 spinlock_t event_lock; 6050 6051 u8 connected:1; 6052 6053 bool ps; 6054 int ps_timeout; 6055 6056 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6057 6058 u32 owner_nlportid; 6059 bool nl_owner_dead; 6060 6061 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 6062 bool cac_started; 6063 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6064 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6065 6066 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6067 /* wext data */ 6068 struct { 6069 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6070 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6071 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6072 const u8 *ie; 6073 size_t ie_len; 6074 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6075 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6076 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6077 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6078 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6079 } wext; 6080 #endif 6081 6082 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 6083 6084 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6085 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6086 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6087 6088 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6089 6090 union { 6091 struct { 6092 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6093 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6094 u8 ssid_len; 6095 } client; 6096 struct { 6097 int beacon_interval; 6098 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6099 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6100 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6101 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6102 } mesh; 6103 struct { 6104 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6105 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6106 u8 ssid_len; 6107 } ap; 6108 struct { 6109 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6110 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6111 int beacon_interval; 6112 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6113 u8 ssid_len; 6114 } ibss; 6115 struct { 6116 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6117 } ocb; 6118 } u; 6119 6120 struct { 6121 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6122 union { 6123 struct { 6124 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6125 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6126 } ap; 6127 struct { 6128 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6129 } client; 6130 }; 6131 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6132 u16 valid_links; 6133 }; 6134 6135 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6136 { 6137 if (wdev->netdev) 6138 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6139 return wdev->address; 6140 } 6141 6142 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6143 { 6144 if (wdev->netdev) 6145 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6146 return wdev->is_running; 6147 } 6148 6149 /** 6150 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6151 * 6152 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6153 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6154 */ 6155 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6156 { 6157 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6158 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6159 } 6160 6161 /** 6162 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6163 * @wdev: the wdev 6164 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6165 * 6166 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6167 */ 6168 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6169 unsigned int link_id); 6170 6171 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6172 unsigned int link_id) 6173 { 6174 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6175 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6176 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6177 } 6178 6179 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6180 for (link_id = 0; \ 6181 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6182 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6183 link_id++) \ 6184 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6185 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6186 6187 /** 6188 * DOC: Utility functions 6189 * 6190 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6191 */ 6192 6193 /** 6194 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6195 * 6196 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6197 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6198 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6199 */ 6200 static inline bool 6201 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6202 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6203 { 6204 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6205 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6206 } 6207 6208 /** 6209 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6210 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6211 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6212 */ 6213 static inline u32 6214 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6215 { 6216 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6217 } 6218 6219 /** 6220 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6221 * 6222 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6223 * @chan: channel 6224 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6225 */ 6226 enum nl80211_chan_width 6227 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6228 6229 /** 6230 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6231 * @chan: channel number 6232 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6233 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6234 */ 6235 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6236 6237 /** 6238 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6239 * @chan: channel number 6240 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6241 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6242 */ 6243 static inline int 6244 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6245 { 6246 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6247 } 6248 6249 /** 6250 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6251 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6252 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6253 */ 6254 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6255 6256 /** 6257 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6258 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6259 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6260 */ 6261 static inline int 6262 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6263 { 6264 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6265 } 6266 6267 /** 6268 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6269 * frequency 6270 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6271 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6272 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6273 */ 6274 struct ieee80211_channel * 6275 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6276 6277 /** 6278 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6279 * 6280 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6281 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6282 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6283 */ 6284 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6285 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6286 { 6287 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6288 } 6289 6290 /** 6291 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6292 * @chan: control channel to check 6293 * 6294 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6295 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6296 */ 6297 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6298 { 6299 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6300 return false; 6301 6302 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6303 } 6304 6305 /** 6306 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6307 * 6308 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6309 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6310 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6311 * 6312 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6313 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6314 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6315 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6316 */ 6317 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6318 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6319 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6320 6321 /** 6322 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6323 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6324 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6325 * 6326 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6327 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6328 */ 6329 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6330 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6331 6332 /* 6333 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6334 * 6335 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6336 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6337 */ 6338 6339 struct radiotap_align_size { 6340 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6341 }; 6342 6343 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6344 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6345 int n_bits; 6346 uint32_t oui; 6347 uint8_t subns; 6348 }; 6349 6350 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6351 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6352 int n_ns; 6353 }; 6354 6355 /** 6356 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6357 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6358 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6359 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6360 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6361 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6362 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6363 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6364 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6365 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6366 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6367 * radiotap namespace or not 6368 * 6369 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6370 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6371 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6372 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6373 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6374 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6375 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6376 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6377 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6378 * next bitmap word 6379 * 6380 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6381 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6382 */ 6383 6384 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6385 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6386 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6387 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6388 6389 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6390 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6391 6392 unsigned char *this_arg; 6393 int this_arg_index; 6394 int this_arg_size; 6395 6396 int is_radiotap_ns; 6397 6398 int _max_length; 6399 int _arg_index; 6400 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6401 int _reset_on_ext; 6402 }; 6403 6404 int 6405 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6406 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6407 int max_length, 6408 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6409 6410 int 6411 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6412 6413 6414 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6415 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6416 6417 /** 6418 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6419 * 6420 * @skb: the frame 6421 * 6422 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6423 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6424 * 6425 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6426 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6427 * 802.11 header. 6428 */ 6429 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6430 6431 /** 6432 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6433 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6434 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6435 */ 6436 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6437 6438 /** 6439 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6440 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6441 * (first byte) will be accessed 6442 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6443 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6444 */ 6445 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6446 6447 /** 6448 * DOC: Data path helpers 6449 * 6450 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6451 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6452 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6453 */ 6454 6455 /** 6456 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6457 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6458 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6459 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6460 * @addr: the device MAC address 6461 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6462 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6463 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6464 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6465 */ 6466 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6467 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6468 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6469 6470 /** 6471 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6472 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6473 * @addr: the device MAC address 6474 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6475 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6476 */ 6477 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6478 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6479 { 6480 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6481 } 6482 6483 /** 6484 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6485 * 6486 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6487 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6488 * mesh control field. 6489 * 6490 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6491 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6492 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6493 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6494 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6495 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6496 */ 6497 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6498 6499 /** 6500 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6501 * 6502 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6503 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6504 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6505 * 6506 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6507 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6508 * initialized by the caller. 6509 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6510 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6511 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6512 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6513 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6514 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6515 */ 6516 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6517 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6518 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6519 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6520 u8 mesh_control); 6521 6522 /** 6523 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6524 * 6525 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6526 * protocol. 6527 * 6528 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6529 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6530 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6531 */ 6532 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6533 6534 /** 6535 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6536 * 6537 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6538 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6539 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6540 * 6541 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6542 */ 6543 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6544 6545 /** 6546 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6547 * @skb: the data frame 6548 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6549 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6550 */ 6551 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6552 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6553 6554 /** 6555 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6556 * 6557 * @eid: element ID 6558 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6559 * @len: length of data 6560 * @match: byte array to match 6561 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6562 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6563 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6564 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6565 * the data portion instead. 6566 * 6567 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6568 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6569 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6570 * requested element struct. 6571 * 6572 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6573 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6574 * byte array to match. 6575 */ 6576 const struct element * 6577 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6578 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6579 unsigned int match_offset); 6580 6581 /** 6582 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6583 * 6584 * @eid: element ID 6585 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6586 * @len: length of data 6587 * @match: byte array to match 6588 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6589 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6590 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6591 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6592 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6593 * the second byte is the IE length. 6594 * 6595 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6596 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6597 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6598 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6599 * element ID. 6600 * 6601 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6602 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6603 * byte array to match. 6604 */ 6605 static inline const u8 * 6606 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6607 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6608 unsigned int match_offset) 6609 { 6610 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6611 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6612 */ 6613 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6614 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6615 return NULL; 6616 6617 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6618 match, match_len, 6619 match_offset ? 6620 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6621 } 6622 6623 /** 6624 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6625 * 6626 * @eid: element ID 6627 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6628 * @len: length of data 6629 * 6630 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6631 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6632 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6633 * requested element struct. 6634 * 6635 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6636 * having to fit into the given data. 6637 */ 6638 static inline const struct element * 6639 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6640 { 6641 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6642 } 6643 6644 /** 6645 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6646 * 6647 * @eid: element ID 6648 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6649 * @len: length of data 6650 * 6651 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6652 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6653 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6654 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6655 * 6656 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6657 * having to fit into the given data. 6658 */ 6659 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6660 { 6661 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6662 } 6663 6664 /** 6665 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6666 * 6667 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6668 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6669 * @len: length of data 6670 * 6671 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6672 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6673 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6674 * requested element struct. 6675 * 6676 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6677 * having to fit into the given data. 6678 */ 6679 static inline const struct element * 6680 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6681 { 6682 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6683 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6684 } 6685 6686 /** 6687 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6688 * 6689 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6690 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6691 * @len: length of data 6692 * 6693 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6694 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6695 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6696 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6697 * 6698 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6699 * having to fit into the given data. 6700 */ 6701 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6702 { 6703 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6704 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6705 } 6706 6707 /** 6708 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6709 * 6710 * @oui: vendor OUI 6711 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6712 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6713 * @len: length of data 6714 * 6715 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6716 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6717 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6718 * 6719 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6720 * the given data. 6721 */ 6722 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6723 const u8 *ies, 6724 unsigned int len); 6725 6726 /** 6727 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6728 * 6729 * @oui: vendor OUI 6730 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6731 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6732 * @len: length of data 6733 * 6734 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6735 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6736 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6737 * element ID. 6738 * 6739 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6740 * the given data. 6741 */ 6742 static inline const u8 * 6743 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6744 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6745 { 6746 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6747 } 6748 6749 /** 6750 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 6751 * 6752 * @elem: the element to defragment 6753 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 6754 * @ieslen: length of @ies 6755 * @data: buffer to store element data 6756 * @data_len: length of @data 6757 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 6758 * 6759 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 6760 * 6761 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 6762 * skipping all headers. 6763 * 6764 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 6765 * element in-place. 6766 */ 6767 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 6768 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 6769 u8 frag_id); 6770 6771 /** 6772 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6773 * 6774 * @dev: network device 6775 * @addr: STA MAC address 6776 * 6777 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6778 * devices upon STA association. 6779 */ 6780 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6781 6782 /** 6783 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6784 * 6785 * TODO 6786 */ 6787 6788 /** 6789 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6790 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6791 * conflicts) 6792 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6793 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6794 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6795 * alpha2. 6796 * 6797 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6798 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6799 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6800 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6801 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6802 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6803 * 6804 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6805 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6806 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6807 * 6808 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6809 * an -ENOMEM. 6810 * 6811 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6812 */ 6813 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6814 6815 /** 6816 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6817 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6818 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6819 * 6820 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6821 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6822 * information. 6823 * 6824 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6825 */ 6826 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6827 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6828 6829 /** 6830 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6831 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6832 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6833 * 6834 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6835 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6836 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6837 * 6838 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6839 */ 6840 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6841 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6842 6843 /** 6844 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6845 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6846 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6847 * 6848 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6849 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6850 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6851 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6852 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6853 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6854 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6855 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6856 * that called this helper. 6857 */ 6858 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6859 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6860 6861 /** 6862 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6863 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6864 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6865 * 6866 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6867 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6868 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6869 * and processed already. 6870 * 6871 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6872 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6873 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6874 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6875 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6876 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6877 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6878 */ 6879 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6880 u32 center_freq); 6881 6882 /** 6883 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6884 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6885 * 6886 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6887 * proper string representation. 6888 */ 6889 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6890 6891 /** 6892 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6893 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6894 * 6895 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6896 */ 6897 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6898 6899 /** 6900 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6901 * 6902 */ 6903 6904 /** 6905 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6906 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6907 * 6908 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6909 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6910 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6911 * 6912 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6913 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6914 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6915 * 6916 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6917 * an -ENODATA. 6918 * 6919 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6920 */ 6921 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6922 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6923 6924 /* 6925 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6926 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6927 */ 6928 6929 /** 6930 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6931 * 6932 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6933 * @info: information about the completed scan 6934 */ 6935 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6936 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6937 6938 /** 6939 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6940 * 6941 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6942 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6943 */ 6944 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6945 6946 /** 6947 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6948 * 6949 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6950 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6951 * 6952 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6953 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6954 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6955 */ 6956 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6957 6958 /** 6959 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6960 * 6961 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6962 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6963 * 6964 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6965 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6966 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6967 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6968 */ 6969 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6970 6971 /** 6972 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6973 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6974 * @data: the BSS metadata 6975 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6976 * @len: length of the management frame 6977 * @gfp: context flags 6978 * 6979 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6980 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6981 * 6982 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6983 * Or %NULL on error. 6984 */ 6985 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6986 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6987 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6988 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6989 gfp_t gfp); 6990 6991 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6992 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6993 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6994 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6995 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6996 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6997 { 6998 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6999 .chan = rx_channel, 7000 .scan_width = scan_width, 7001 .signal = signal, 7002 }; 7003 7004 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7005 } 7006 7007 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7008 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7009 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7010 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7011 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7012 { 7013 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7014 .chan = rx_channel, 7015 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 7016 .signal = signal, 7017 }; 7018 7019 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7020 } 7021 7022 /** 7023 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7024 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7025 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7026 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7027 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7028 */ 7029 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7030 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7031 { 7032 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7033 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7034 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7035 7036 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7037 7038 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7039 7040 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7041 } 7042 7043 /** 7044 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7045 * @element: element to check 7046 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7047 */ 7048 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7049 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7050 7051 /** 7052 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7053 * @ie: ies 7054 * @ielen: length of IEs 7055 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7056 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7057 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7058 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7059 */ 7060 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7061 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7062 const struct element *sub_elem, 7063 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7064 7065 /** 7066 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7067 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7068 * from a beacon or probe response 7069 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7070 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7071 */ 7072 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7073 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7074 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7075 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7076 }; 7077 7078 /** 7079 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7080 * @ie: IEs 7081 * @ielen: length of IEs 7082 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7083 * 7084 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7085 */ 7086 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7087 enum nl80211_band band); 7088 7089 /** 7090 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7091 * 7092 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7093 * @data: the BSS metadata 7094 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7095 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7096 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7097 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7098 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7099 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7100 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7101 * @gfp: context flags 7102 * 7103 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7104 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7105 * 7106 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7107 * Or %NULL on error. 7108 */ 7109 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7110 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7111 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7112 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7113 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7114 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7115 gfp_t gfp); 7116 7117 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7118 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7119 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7120 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 7121 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7122 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7123 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7124 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7125 { 7126 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7127 .chan = rx_channel, 7128 .scan_width = scan_width, 7129 .signal = signal, 7130 }; 7131 7132 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7133 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7134 gfp); 7135 } 7136 7137 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7138 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7139 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7140 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7141 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7142 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7143 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7144 { 7145 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7146 .chan = rx_channel, 7147 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 7148 .signal = signal, 7149 }; 7150 7151 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7152 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7153 gfp); 7154 } 7155 7156 /** 7157 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7158 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7159 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7160 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7161 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7162 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7163 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7164 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7165 */ 7166 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7167 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7168 const u8 *bssid, 7169 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7170 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7171 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 7172 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7173 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7174 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7175 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7176 { 7177 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7178 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7179 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7180 } 7181 7182 /** 7183 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7184 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7185 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7186 * 7187 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7188 */ 7189 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7190 7191 /** 7192 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7193 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7194 * @bss: the BSS struct 7195 * 7196 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7197 */ 7198 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7199 7200 /** 7201 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7202 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7203 * @bss: the bss to remove 7204 * 7205 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7206 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7207 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7208 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7209 */ 7210 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7211 7212 /** 7213 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7214 * 7215 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7216 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7217 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7218 * 7219 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7220 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7221 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7222 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7223 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7224 */ 7225 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7226 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7227 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7228 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7229 void *data), 7230 void *iter_data); 7231 7232 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 7233 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7234 { 7235 switch (chandef->width) { 7236 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 7237 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 7238 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 7239 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 7240 default: 7241 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 7242 } 7243 } 7244 7245 /** 7246 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7247 * @dev: network device 7248 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7249 * @len: length of the frame data 7250 * 7251 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7252 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7253 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7254 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7255 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7256 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7257 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7258 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7259 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7260 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7261 * 7262 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7263 */ 7264 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7265 7266 /** 7267 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7268 * @dev: network device 7269 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7270 * 7271 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7272 * mutex. 7273 */ 7274 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7275 7276 /** 7277 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 7278 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 7279 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7280 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7281 * @len: length of the frame data 7282 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7283 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7284 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7285 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7286 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7287 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7288 * non-MLO connections 7289 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7290 * were rejected by the AP. 7291 */ 7292 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 7293 const u8 *buf; 7294 size_t len; 7295 const u8 *req_ies; 7296 size_t req_ies_len; 7297 int uapsd_queues; 7298 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7299 struct { 7300 const u8 *addr; 7301 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7302 u16 status; 7303 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7304 }; 7305 7306 /** 7307 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7308 * @dev: network device 7309 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 7310 * 7311 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7312 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7313 * 7314 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7315 */ 7316 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7317 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 7318 7319 /** 7320 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7321 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7322 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7323 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7324 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7325 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7326 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7327 */ 7328 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7329 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7330 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7331 bool timeout; 7332 }; 7333 7334 /** 7335 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7336 * @dev: network device 7337 * @data: data describing the association failure 7338 * 7339 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7340 */ 7341 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7342 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7343 7344 /** 7345 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7346 * @dev: network device 7347 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7348 * @len: length of the frame data 7349 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7350 * 7351 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7352 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7353 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7354 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7355 */ 7356 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7357 bool reconnect); 7358 7359 /** 7360 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7361 * @dev: network device 7362 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7363 * @len: length of the frame data 7364 * 7365 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7366 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7367 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7368 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7369 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7370 * 7371 * This function may sleep. 7372 */ 7373 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7374 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7375 7376 /** 7377 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7378 * @dev: network device 7379 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7380 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7381 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7382 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7383 * @gfp: allocation flags 7384 * 7385 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7386 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7387 * primitive. 7388 */ 7389 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7390 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7391 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7392 7393 /** 7394 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7395 * 7396 * @dev: network device 7397 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7398 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7399 * @gfp: allocation flags 7400 * 7401 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7402 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7403 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7404 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7405 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7406 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7407 */ 7408 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7409 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7410 7411 /** 7412 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7413 * candidate 7414 * 7415 * @dev: network device 7416 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7417 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7418 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7419 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7420 * @gfp: allocation flags 7421 * 7422 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7423 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7424 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7425 */ 7426 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7427 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7428 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7429 7430 /** 7431 * DOC: RFkill integration 7432 * 7433 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7434 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7435 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7436 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7437 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7438 * 7439 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7440 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7441 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7442 */ 7443 7444 /** 7445 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7446 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7447 * @blocked: block status 7448 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7449 */ 7450 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7451 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7452 7453 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7454 { 7455 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7456 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7457 } 7458 7459 /** 7460 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7461 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7462 */ 7463 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7464 7465 /** 7466 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7467 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7468 */ 7469 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7470 { 7471 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7472 } 7473 7474 /** 7475 * DOC: Vendor commands 7476 * 7477 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7478 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7479 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7480 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7481 * the configuration mechanism. 7482 * 7483 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7484 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7485 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7486 * 7487 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7488 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7489 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7490 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7491 * managers etc. need. 7492 */ 7493 7494 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7495 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7496 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7497 int approxlen); 7498 7499 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7500 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7501 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7502 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7503 unsigned int portid, 7504 int vendor_event_idx, 7505 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7506 7507 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7508 7509 /** 7510 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7511 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7512 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7513 * be put into the skb 7514 * 7515 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7516 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7517 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7518 * 7519 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7520 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7521 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7522 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7523 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7524 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7525 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7526 * 7527 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7528 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7529 * 7530 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7531 */ 7532 static inline struct sk_buff * 7533 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7534 { 7535 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7536 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7537 } 7538 7539 /** 7540 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7541 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7542 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7543 * 7544 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7545 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7546 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7547 * skb regardless of the return value. 7548 * 7549 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7550 */ 7551 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7552 7553 /** 7554 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7555 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7556 * 7557 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7558 * Valid to call only there. 7559 */ 7560 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7561 7562 /** 7563 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7564 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7565 * @wdev: the wireless device 7566 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7567 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7568 * be put into the skb 7569 * @gfp: allocation flags 7570 * 7571 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7572 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7573 * 7574 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7575 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7576 * attribute. 7577 * 7578 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7579 * skb to send the event. 7580 * 7581 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7582 */ 7583 static inline struct sk_buff * 7584 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7585 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7586 { 7587 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7588 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7589 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7590 } 7591 7592 /** 7593 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7594 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7595 * @wdev: the wireless device 7596 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7597 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7598 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7599 * be put into the skb 7600 * @gfp: allocation flags 7601 * 7602 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7603 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7604 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7605 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7606 * 7607 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7608 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7609 * attribute. 7610 * 7611 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7612 * skb to send the event. 7613 * 7614 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7615 */ 7616 static inline struct sk_buff * 7617 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7618 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7619 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7620 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7621 { 7622 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7623 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7624 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7625 } 7626 7627 /** 7628 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7629 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7630 * @gfp: allocation flags 7631 * 7632 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7633 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7634 */ 7635 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7636 { 7637 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7638 } 7639 7640 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7641 /** 7642 * DOC: Test mode 7643 * 7644 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7645 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7646 * factory programming. 7647 * 7648 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7649 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7650 */ 7651 7652 /** 7653 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7654 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7655 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7656 * be put into the skb 7657 * 7658 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7659 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7660 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7661 * 7662 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7663 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7664 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7665 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7666 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7667 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7668 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7669 * 7670 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7671 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7672 * 7673 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7674 */ 7675 static inline struct sk_buff * 7676 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7677 { 7678 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7679 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7680 } 7681 7682 /** 7683 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7684 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7685 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7686 * 7687 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7688 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7689 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7690 * regardless of the return value. 7691 * 7692 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7693 */ 7694 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7695 { 7696 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7697 } 7698 7699 /** 7700 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7701 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7702 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7703 * be put into the skb 7704 * @gfp: allocation flags 7705 * 7706 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7707 * testmode multicast group. 7708 * 7709 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7710 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7711 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7712 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7713 * in any other way. 7714 * 7715 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7716 * skb to send the event. 7717 * 7718 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7719 */ 7720 static inline struct sk_buff * 7721 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7722 { 7723 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7724 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7725 approxlen, gfp); 7726 } 7727 7728 /** 7729 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7730 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7731 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7732 * @gfp: allocation flags 7733 * 7734 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7735 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7736 * consumes it. 7737 */ 7738 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7739 { 7740 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7741 } 7742 7743 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7744 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7745 #else 7746 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7747 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7748 #endif 7749 7750 /** 7751 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7752 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7753 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7754 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7755 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7756 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7757 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7758 * status for a FILS connection. 7759 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7760 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7761 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7762 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7763 */ 7764 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7765 const u8 *kek; 7766 size_t kek_len; 7767 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7768 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7769 const u8 *pmk; 7770 size_t pmk_len; 7771 const u8 *pmkid; 7772 }; 7773 7774 /** 7775 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7776 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7777 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7778 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7779 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7780 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7781 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7782 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7783 * case. 7784 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7785 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7786 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7787 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7788 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7789 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7790 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7791 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7792 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7793 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7794 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7795 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7796 * zero. 7797 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7798 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7799 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7800 * connected AP info. 7801 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7802 * %NULL. 7803 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7804 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7805 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7806 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7807 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7808 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7809 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7810 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7811 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7812 * to be specified. 7813 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7814 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7815 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7816 */ 7817 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7818 int status; 7819 const u8 *req_ie; 7820 size_t req_ie_len; 7821 const u8 *resp_ie; 7822 size_t resp_ie_len; 7823 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7824 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7825 7826 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7827 u16 valid_links; 7828 struct { 7829 const u8 *addr; 7830 const u8 *bssid; 7831 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7832 u16 status; 7833 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7834 }; 7835 7836 /** 7837 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7838 * 7839 * @dev: network device 7840 * @params: connection response parameters 7841 * @gfp: allocation flags 7842 * 7843 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7844 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7845 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7846 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7847 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7848 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7849 */ 7850 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7851 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7852 gfp_t gfp); 7853 7854 /** 7855 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7856 * 7857 * @dev: network device 7858 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7859 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7860 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7861 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7862 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7863 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7864 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7865 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7866 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7867 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7868 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7869 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7870 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7871 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7872 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7873 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7874 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7875 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7876 * case. 7877 * @gfp: allocation flags 7878 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7879 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7880 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7881 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7882 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7883 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7884 * 7885 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7886 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7887 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7888 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7889 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7890 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7891 */ 7892 static inline void 7893 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7894 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7895 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7896 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7897 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7898 { 7899 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7900 7901 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7902 params.status = status; 7903 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7904 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7905 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7906 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7907 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7908 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7909 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7910 7911 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7912 } 7913 7914 /** 7915 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7916 * 7917 * @dev: network device 7918 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7919 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7920 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7921 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7922 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7923 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7924 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7925 * the real status code for failures. 7926 * @gfp: allocation flags 7927 * 7928 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7929 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7930 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7931 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7932 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7933 */ 7934 static inline void 7935 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7936 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7937 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7938 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7939 { 7940 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7941 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7942 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7943 } 7944 7945 /** 7946 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7947 * 7948 * @dev: network device 7949 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7950 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7951 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7952 * @gfp: allocation flags 7953 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7954 * 7955 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7956 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7957 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7958 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7959 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7960 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7961 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7962 */ 7963 static inline void 7964 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7965 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7966 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7967 { 7968 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7969 gfp, timeout_reason); 7970 } 7971 7972 /** 7973 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7974 * 7975 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7976 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7977 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7978 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7979 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7980 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7981 * Otherwise zero. 7982 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7983 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7984 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7985 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7986 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7987 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7988 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7989 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7990 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7991 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7992 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7993 */ 7994 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7995 const u8 *req_ie; 7996 size_t req_ie_len; 7997 const u8 *resp_ie; 7998 size_t resp_ie_len; 7999 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8000 8001 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8002 u16 valid_links; 8003 struct { 8004 const u8 *addr; 8005 const u8 *bssid; 8006 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8007 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8008 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8009 }; 8010 8011 /** 8012 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8013 * 8014 * @dev: network device 8015 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8016 * @gfp: allocation flags 8017 * 8018 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8019 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8020 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8021 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8022 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8023 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8024 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8025 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8026 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8027 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8028 */ 8029 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8030 gfp_t gfp); 8031 8032 /** 8033 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8034 * 8035 * @dev: network device 8036 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8037 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8038 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8039 * @gfp: allocation flags 8040 * 8041 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8042 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8043 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8044 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8045 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8046 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8047 */ 8048 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8049 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8050 8051 /** 8052 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8053 * 8054 * @dev: network device 8055 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8056 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8057 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8058 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8059 * @gfp: allocation flags 8060 * 8061 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8062 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8063 */ 8064 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8065 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8066 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8067 8068 /** 8069 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8070 * @wdev: wireless device 8071 * @cookie: the request cookie 8072 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8073 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8074 * channel 8075 * @gfp: allocation flags 8076 */ 8077 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8078 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8079 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8080 8081 /** 8082 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8083 * @wdev: wireless device 8084 * @cookie: the request cookie 8085 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8086 * @gfp: allocation flags 8087 */ 8088 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8089 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8090 gfp_t gfp); 8091 8092 /** 8093 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8094 * @wdev: wireless device 8095 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8096 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8097 * @gfp: allocation flags 8098 */ 8099 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8100 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8101 8102 /** 8103 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8104 * 8105 * @sinfo: the station information 8106 * @gfp: allocation flags 8107 */ 8108 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8109 8110 /** 8111 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8112 * @sinfo: the station information 8113 * 8114 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8115 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8116 * the stack.) 8117 */ 8118 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8119 { 8120 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8121 } 8122 8123 /** 8124 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8125 * 8126 * @dev: the netdev 8127 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8128 * @sinfo: the station information 8129 * @gfp: allocation flags 8130 */ 8131 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8132 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8133 8134 /** 8135 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8136 * @dev: the netdev 8137 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8138 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8139 * @gfp: allocation flags 8140 */ 8141 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8142 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8143 8144 /** 8145 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8146 * 8147 * @dev: the netdev 8148 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8149 * @gfp: allocation flags 8150 */ 8151 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8152 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8153 { 8154 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8155 } 8156 8157 /** 8158 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8159 * 8160 * @dev: the netdev 8161 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8162 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8163 * @gfp: allocation flags 8164 * 8165 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8166 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8167 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8168 * 8169 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8170 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8171 */ 8172 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8173 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8174 gfp_t gfp); 8175 8176 /** 8177 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8178 * 8179 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8180 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8181 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8182 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8183 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8184 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8185 * @len: length of the frame data 8186 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8187 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8188 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8189 */ 8190 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8191 int freq; 8192 int sig_dbm; 8193 bool have_link_id; 8194 u8 link_id; 8195 const u8 *buf; 8196 size_t len; 8197 u32 flags; 8198 u64 rx_tstamp; 8199 u64 ack_tstamp; 8200 }; 8201 8202 /** 8203 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8204 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8205 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8206 * 8207 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8208 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8209 * 8210 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8211 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8212 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8213 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8214 */ 8215 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8216 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8217 8218 /** 8219 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8220 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8221 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8222 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8223 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8224 * @len: length of the frame data 8225 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8226 * 8227 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8228 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8229 * 8230 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8231 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8232 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8233 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8234 */ 8235 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8236 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8237 u32 flags) 8238 { 8239 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8240 .freq = freq, 8241 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8242 .buf = buf, 8243 .len = len, 8244 .flags = flags 8245 }; 8246 8247 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8248 } 8249 8250 /** 8251 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8252 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8253 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8254 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8255 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8256 * @len: length of the frame data 8257 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8258 * 8259 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8260 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8261 * 8262 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8263 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8264 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8265 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8266 */ 8267 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8268 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8269 u32 flags) 8270 { 8271 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8272 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8273 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8274 .buf = buf, 8275 .len = len, 8276 .flags = flags 8277 }; 8278 8279 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8280 } 8281 8282 /** 8283 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8284 * 8285 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8286 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8287 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8288 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8289 * @len: length of the frame data 8290 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8291 */ 8292 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8293 u64 cookie; 8294 u64 tx_tstamp; 8295 u64 ack_tstamp; 8296 const u8 *buf; 8297 size_t len; 8298 bool ack; 8299 }; 8300 8301 /** 8302 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8303 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8304 * @status: TX status data 8305 * @gfp: context flags 8306 * 8307 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8308 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8309 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8310 */ 8311 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8312 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8313 8314 /** 8315 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8316 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8317 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8318 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8319 * @len: length of the frame data 8320 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8321 * @gfp: context flags 8322 * 8323 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8324 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8325 * transmission attempt. 8326 */ 8327 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8328 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8329 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8330 { 8331 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8332 .cookie = cookie, 8333 .buf = buf, 8334 .len = len, 8335 .ack = ack 8336 }; 8337 8338 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8339 } 8340 8341 /** 8342 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8343 * port frames 8344 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8345 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8346 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8347 * @len: length of the frame data 8348 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8349 * @gfp: context flags 8350 * 8351 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8352 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8353 * the transmission attempt. 8354 */ 8355 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8356 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8357 gfp_t gfp); 8358 8359 /** 8360 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8361 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8362 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8363 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8364 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8365 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8366 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8367 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8368 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8369 * 8370 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8371 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8372 * control port frames over nl80211. 8373 * 8374 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8375 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8376 * 8377 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8378 */ 8379 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8380 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8381 8382 /** 8383 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8384 * @dev: network device 8385 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8386 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8387 * @gfp: context flags 8388 * 8389 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8390 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8391 */ 8392 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8393 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8394 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8395 8396 /** 8397 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8398 * @dev: network device 8399 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8400 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8401 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8402 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8403 * @gfp: context flags 8404 */ 8405 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8406 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8407 8408 /** 8409 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8410 * @dev: network device 8411 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8412 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8413 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8414 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8415 * @gfp: context flags 8416 * 8417 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8418 * given interval is exceeded. 8419 */ 8420 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8421 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8422 8423 /** 8424 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8425 * @dev: network device 8426 * @gfp: context flags 8427 * 8428 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8429 */ 8430 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8431 8432 /** 8433 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8434 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8435 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8436 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8437 * @gfp: context flags 8438 * 8439 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8440 */ 8441 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8442 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8443 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8444 8445 static inline void 8446 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8447 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8448 gfp_t gfp) 8449 { 8450 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8451 } 8452 8453 static inline void 8454 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8455 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8456 gfp_t gfp) 8457 { 8458 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8459 } 8460 8461 /** 8462 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8463 * @dev: network device 8464 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8465 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8466 * @gfp: context flags 8467 * 8468 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8469 * frame. 8470 */ 8471 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8472 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8473 gfp_t gfp); 8474 8475 /** 8476 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8477 * @netdev: network device 8478 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8479 * @event: type of event 8480 * @gfp: context flags 8481 * 8482 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8483 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8484 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8485 */ 8486 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8487 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8488 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8489 8490 /** 8491 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8492 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8493 * 8494 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8495 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8496 */ 8497 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8498 8499 /** 8500 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8501 * @dev: network device 8502 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8503 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8504 * @gfp: allocation flags 8505 */ 8506 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8507 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8508 8509 /** 8510 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8511 * @dev: network device 8512 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8513 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8514 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8515 * @gfp: allocation flags 8516 */ 8517 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8518 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8519 8520 /** 8521 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8522 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8523 * @addr: the transmitter address 8524 * @gfp: context flags 8525 * 8526 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8527 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8528 * sender. 8529 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8530 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8531 */ 8532 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8533 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8534 8535 /** 8536 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8537 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8538 * @addr: the transmitter address 8539 * @gfp: context flags 8540 * 8541 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8542 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8543 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8544 * station to avoid event flooding. 8545 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8546 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8547 */ 8548 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8549 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8550 8551 /** 8552 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8553 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8554 * @addr: the address of the peer 8555 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8556 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8557 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8558 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8559 * @gfp: allocation flags 8560 */ 8561 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8562 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8563 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8564 8565 /** 8566 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8567 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8568 * @frame: the frame 8569 * @len: length of the frame 8570 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8571 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8572 * 8573 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8574 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8575 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8576 */ 8577 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8578 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8579 8580 /** 8581 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8582 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8583 * @frame: the frame 8584 * @len: length of the frame 8585 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8586 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8587 * 8588 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8589 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8590 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8591 */ 8592 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8593 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8594 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8595 { 8596 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8597 sig_dbm); 8598 } 8599 8600 /** 8601 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8602 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8603 * @chandef: the channel definition 8604 * @iftype: interface type 8605 * 8606 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8607 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8608 */ 8609 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8610 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8611 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8612 8613 /** 8614 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8615 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8616 * @chandef: the channel definition 8617 * @iftype: interface type 8618 * 8619 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8620 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8621 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8622 * more permissive conditions. 8623 * 8624 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8625 */ 8626 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8627 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8628 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8629 8630 /* 8631 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8632 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8633 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8634 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8635 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap 8636 * 8637 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8638 * driver context! 8639 */ 8640 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8641 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8642 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); 8643 8644 /* 8645 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8646 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8647 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8648 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8649 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8650 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8651 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap 8652 * 8653 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8654 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8655 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8656 */ 8657 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8658 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8659 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8660 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); 8661 8662 /** 8663 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8664 * 8665 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8666 * @band: band pointer to fill 8667 * 8668 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8669 */ 8670 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8671 enum nl80211_band *band); 8672 8673 /** 8674 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8675 * 8676 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8677 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8678 * 8679 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8680 */ 8681 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8682 u8 *op_class); 8683 8684 /** 8685 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8686 * 8687 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8688 * 8689 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8690 */ 8691 static inline u32 8692 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8693 { 8694 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8695 } 8696 8697 /* 8698 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8699 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8700 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8701 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8702 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8703 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8704 * @gfp: allocation flags 8705 * 8706 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8707 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8708 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8709 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8710 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8711 */ 8712 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8713 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8714 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8715 8716 /* 8717 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8718 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8719 * 8720 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8721 */ 8722 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8723 8724 /** 8725 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8726 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8727 * 8728 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8729 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8730 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8731 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8732 * is unbound from the driver. 8733 * 8734 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8735 */ 8736 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8737 8738 /** 8739 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8740 * @dev: the netdev to register 8741 * 8742 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8743 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8744 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8745 * instead as well. 8746 * 8747 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8748 */ 8749 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8750 8751 /** 8752 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8753 * @dev: the netdev to register 8754 * 8755 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8756 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8757 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8758 * usable instead as well. 8759 * 8760 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8761 */ 8762 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8763 { 8764 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8765 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8766 #endif 8767 } 8768 8769 /** 8770 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8771 * @ies: FT IEs 8772 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8773 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8774 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8775 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8776 */ 8777 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8778 const u8 *ies; 8779 size_t ies_len; 8780 const u8 *target_ap; 8781 const u8 *ric_ies; 8782 size_t ric_ies_len; 8783 }; 8784 8785 /** 8786 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8787 * @netdev: network device 8788 * @ft_event: IE information 8789 */ 8790 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8791 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8792 8793 /** 8794 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8795 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8796 * @len: the input length 8797 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8798 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8799 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8800 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8801 * 8802 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8803 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8804 * 8805 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8806 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8807 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8808 */ 8809 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8810 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8811 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8812 8813 /** 8814 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8815 * @ies: the IE buffer 8816 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8817 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8818 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8819 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8820 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8821 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8822 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8823 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8824 * 8825 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8826 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8827 * split. 8828 * 8829 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8830 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8831 * 8832 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8833 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8834 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8835 * 8836 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8837 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8838 * of the buffer should be used. 8839 */ 8840 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8841 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8842 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8843 size_t offset); 8844 8845 /** 8846 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8847 * @ies: the IE buffer 8848 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8849 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8850 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8851 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8852 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8853 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8854 * 8855 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8856 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8857 * split. 8858 * 8859 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8860 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8861 * 8862 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8863 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8864 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8865 * 8866 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8867 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8868 * of the buffer should be used. 8869 */ 8870 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8871 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8872 { 8873 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8874 } 8875 8876 /** 8877 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8878 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8879 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8880 * @gfp: allocation flags 8881 * 8882 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8883 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8884 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8885 * else caused the wakeup. 8886 */ 8887 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8888 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8889 gfp_t gfp); 8890 8891 /** 8892 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8893 * 8894 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8895 * @gfp: allocation flags 8896 * 8897 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8898 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8899 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8900 */ 8901 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8902 8903 /** 8904 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8905 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8906 * 8907 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8908 */ 8909 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8910 8911 /** 8912 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8913 * 8914 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8915 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8916 * 8917 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8918 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8919 * the interface combinations. 8920 */ 8921 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8922 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8923 8924 /** 8925 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8926 * 8927 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8928 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8929 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8930 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8931 * 8932 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8933 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8934 * purposes. 8935 */ 8936 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8937 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8938 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8939 void *data), 8940 void *data); 8941 8942 /* 8943 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8944 * 8945 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8946 * @wdev: wireless device 8947 * @gfp: context flags 8948 * 8949 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8950 * disconnected. 8951 * 8952 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8953 */ 8954 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8955 gfp_t gfp); 8956 8957 /** 8958 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8959 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8960 * 8961 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8962 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8963 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8964 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8965 * 8966 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8967 * the driver while the function is running. 8968 */ 8969 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8970 8971 /** 8972 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8973 * 8974 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8975 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8976 * 8977 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8978 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8979 */ 8980 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8981 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8982 { 8983 u8 *ft_byte; 8984 8985 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8986 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8987 } 8988 8989 /** 8990 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8991 * 8992 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8993 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8994 * 8995 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8996 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8997 */ 8998 static inline bool 8999 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9000 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9001 { 9002 u8 ft_byte; 9003 9004 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9005 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9006 } 9007 9008 /** 9009 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9010 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9011 * 9012 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9013 */ 9014 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9015 9016 /** 9017 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9018 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9019 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9020 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9021 * result. 9022 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9023 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9024 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9025 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9026 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9027 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9028 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9029 */ 9030 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9031 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9032 u8 inst_id; 9033 u8 peer_inst_id; 9034 const u8 *addr; 9035 u8 info_len; 9036 const u8 *info; 9037 u64 cookie; 9038 }; 9039 9040 /** 9041 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9042 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9043 * @match: match notification parameters 9044 * @gfp: allocation flags 9045 * 9046 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9047 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9048 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9049 */ 9050 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9051 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9052 9053 /** 9054 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9055 * 9056 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9057 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9058 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9059 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9060 * @gfp: allocation flags 9061 * 9062 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9063 */ 9064 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9065 u8 inst_id, 9066 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9067 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9068 9069 /* ethtool helper */ 9070 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9071 9072 /** 9073 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9074 * @netdev: network device 9075 * @params: External authentication parameters 9076 * @gfp: allocation flags 9077 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9078 */ 9079 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9080 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9081 gfp_t gfp); 9082 9083 /** 9084 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9085 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9086 * @req: the original measurement request 9087 * @result: the result data 9088 * @gfp: allocation flags 9089 */ 9090 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9091 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9092 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9093 gfp_t gfp); 9094 9095 /** 9096 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9097 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9098 * @req: the original measurement request 9099 * @gfp: allocation flags 9100 * 9101 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9102 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9103 */ 9104 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9105 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9106 gfp_t gfp); 9107 9108 /** 9109 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9110 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9111 * @iftype: interface type 9112 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9113 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9114 * 9115 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9116 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9117 * check_swif is '1'. 9118 */ 9119 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9120 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9121 9122 9123 /** 9124 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9125 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 9126 * @netdev: network device 9127 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 9128 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9129 * 9130 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9131 */ 9132 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9133 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9134 9135 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9136 9137 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9138 9139 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9140 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9141 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9142 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9143 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9144 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9145 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9146 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9147 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9148 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9149 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9150 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9151 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9152 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9153 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9154 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9155 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9156 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9157 9158 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9159 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9160 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9161 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9162 9163 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9164 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9165 9166 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9167 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9168 9169 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9170 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9171 #else 9172 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9173 ({ \ 9174 if (0) \ 9175 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9176 0; \ 9177 }) 9178 #endif 9179 9180 /* 9181 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9182 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9183 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9184 */ 9185 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9186 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9187 9188 /** 9189 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9190 * @netdev: network device 9191 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9192 * @gfp: allocation flags 9193 */ 9194 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9195 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9196 gfp_t gfp); 9197 9198 /** 9199 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9200 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9201 */ 9202 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9203 9204 /** 9205 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9206 * @dev: network device 9207 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9208 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9209 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9210 */ 9211 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9212 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9213 u64 color_bitmap); 9214 9215 /** 9216 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9217 * @dev: network device 9218 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9219 */ 9220 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9221 u64 color_bitmap) 9222 { 9223 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9224 0, color_bitmap); 9225 } 9226 9227 /** 9228 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9229 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9230 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9231 * 9232 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9233 */ 9234 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9235 u8 count) 9236 { 9237 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9238 count, 0); 9239 } 9240 9241 /** 9242 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9243 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9244 * 9245 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9246 */ 9247 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9248 { 9249 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9250 0, 0); 9251 } 9252 9253 /** 9254 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9255 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9256 * 9257 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9258 */ 9259 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9260 { 9261 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9262 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9263 0, 0); 9264 } 9265 9266 /** 9267 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap 9268 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated 9269 * @chandef: channel definition 9270 * 9271 * Validate the puncturing bitmap. 9272 * 9273 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. 9274 */ 9275 bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, 9276 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9277 9278 /** 9279 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9280 * @dev: network device. 9281 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9282 * 9283 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9284 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9285 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9286 * case disconnect instead. 9287 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9288 */ 9289 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9290 9291 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9292